a phonological grammar of a dialect of ilokano by
Post on 12-Feb-2022
9 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
A PHONOLOGICAL GRAMMAR OF A DIALECT OF ILOKANO
by
NORMA P OLAYA PNCG P h i l i p p i n e Normal C o l l e g e 1951 BSEE P h i l i p p i n e Normal C o l l e g e 1962
A THESIS SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF ARTS
i n the Department of C l a s s i c s D i v i s i o n of L i n g u i s t i c s
We accept t h i s t h e s i s as conforming to the req u i r e d standard
THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA August 1967
In p re sen t i ng t h i s t he s i s in p a r t i a l f u l f i l m e n t of the requirements
f o r an advanced degree at the U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia I agree
that the L i b r a r y s h a l l make i t f r e e l y a v a i l a b l e fo r re ference and
Study I f u r t h e r agree that permiss ion fo r ex ten s i ve copying of t h i s
t he s i s f o r s c h o l a r l y purposes may be granted by the Head of my
Department or by h ]h r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s It i s understood that copying
or p u b l i c a t i o n of t h i s t he s i s f o r f i n a n c i a l gain s h a l l not be a l lowed
wi thout my w r i t t e n pe rmi s s i on
NORMA PERALTA OLAYA
Department of CLASSICS The U n i v e r s i t y of B r i t i s h Columbia Vancouver 8 Canada
Date August 9 1967
A PHONOLOGICAL GRAMMAR OP A DIALECT OP ILOKANO A b s t r a c t
Current l i n g u i s t i c s views grammar as an i n t e g r a t e d s y n t a c t i c - s e m a n t i c - p h o n o l o g i c a l d e s c r i p t i o n of a language as g e n e r a t i v e that i s that sentences have a d e f i n i t e s t r u c t u r e 1 t h a t there are an i n f i n i t e number of sentences and that t h e r e f o r e a grammar cannot be a l i s t of elements but i n s t e a d a f i n i t e s e t of e x p l i c i t r u l e s which can autoshym a t i c a l l y a s s i g n a s t r u c t u r e to an i n f i n i t e s et of sentences The present t h e s i s - a phono l o g i c a l grammar of the c u l t i v a t e d d i a l e c t of Ilokano as spoken i n the town proper of Bayombong Nueva Vizc a y a - has aimed to r e f l e c t these modem concepts of a grammar i n both i t s content and methodology I t suggests a methodology f o r the d e s c r i p t i o n of the sound p a t t e r n of a given d i a l e c t As to content the r e s u l t s of t h i s study should be u s e f u l as basis f o r a c o n t r a s t i v e phonology of Ilokano and E n g l i s h or the other P h i l i p p i n e languages and d i a l e c t s w i t h the end i n view of c o n t r i b u t i n g to an e f f e c shyt i v e second-language teaching and cur r i c u l u m c o n s t r u c t i o n
The study has the f o l l o w i n g s a l i e n t f e a t u r e s (1) Chapter 1 covers general d i s c u s s i o n s on Ilokano
and i t s d i a l e c t s and the r e l a t i o n s h i p s of Ilokano t o the other P h i l i p p i n e languages and d i a l e c t s Chapter 2 Includes p r e l i m i n a r y d i s c u s s i o n s on content and procedure of the desshyc r i p t i v e a n alyses
(2) The study operates on the taxonomic and explanashyt o r y l e v e l s of l i n g u i s t i c s c i e n c e The taxonomic l e v e l i s
V
achieved by the e t i c and the emic analyses i n Chapters 3
and k The explanatory l e v e l i s r e f l e c t e d i n Chapter 5 -
i n the phonological grammar which i s a system of 3k (23 segshymental and 11 suprasegmental) emic u n i t s of the Ilokano d i a l e c t and a set of kZ unordered s t r u c t u r e - a s s i g n i n g r e shyw r i t e r u l e s (32 phonetic r u l e s and 10 morphophonemic r u l e s ) which enumerate Ilokano utterances and t h e i r a s s o c i a t e d p h o n o l o g i c a l a n a l y s i s This f e a t u r e of the study may be s t a t e d i n terms of the outputs of each l e v e l the r e l a t i o n shys hips of which have been s c h e m a t i c a l l y shown as f o l l o w s
Taxonomic L e v e l Explanatory L e v e l
Phones 3k
Phonemes kZ
P h o n o l o g i c a l Rules
(3) For the d e s c r i p t i v e methodology and procedure employed i n t h i s study the w r i t e r has taken cues from two l i n g u i s t s (a) from Kenneth L P i k e h i s tagmemic theory which b a s i c a l l y assumes that any u n i t of purposive human behavior i s w e l l - d e f i n e d i f and only i f one describes i t i n reference to (1) c o n t r a s t (2) v a r i a t i o n and (3) d i s t r i b u shyt i o n This t r i m o d a l theory of a n a l y s i s has been b r i e f l y s t a t e d thus
Contrast U n i t = V a r i a t i o n
D i s t r i b u t i o n (b) from Noam A Chomsky h i s generative grammar theory which has been b r i e f l y s t a t e d i n the f i r s t paragraph of t h i s
v i
a b s t r a c t and discussed a t considerable l e n g t h i n Chapter 5
(0 The a n a l y s i s of the stream of speech a t the end of Chapter k g r a p h i c a l l y i l l u s t r a t e s some general concepts i n l i n g u i s t i c s as a p p l i e d to Ilokano
C (5) The t r i m o d a l scheme U = V i s operative a t
D both the taxonomic and explanatory l e v e l s of t h i s research The d e t a i l e d e t i c a n a l y s i s which i s predominantly a r t i c u l a -t o r y d e l i n e a t e s the raw m a t e r i a l s of speech - the kl e t i c u n i t s of the Ilokano d i a l e c t extracted from the phonetic data the corpus of utterances presented i n Chapter 2 By the c r i t e r i o n of phonetic resemblance and by the CVD-formula employed i n the process of phonemization - Chapter k - the kl e t i c u n i t s have been reduced to 3 emic u n i t s
(6) The patterns of occurrence r e l a t i o n s h i p s of the emic u n i t s are described i n terms of the phono l o g i c a l r u l e s Each r u l e i s of the form X ^ Y
Wit h i n the l i m i t s of i t s organized data f a c t s and information t h i s t h e s i s a s s e r t s
(1) That the phonemes e o f v h - oc c u r r i n g i n Spanish or E n g l i s h loan words which are c u r r e n t l y used by the Ilokanos represented i n t h i s study - have become a s s i m i shyl a t e d i n t o the phonemic system of the Ilokano d i a l e c t
(2) That the b a s i c s y l l a b l e s t r u c t u r e of Ilokano has f o r i t s u n d e r l y i n g p a t t e r n CV(C) and not V or CV and-
(3) That the l i n g u i s t i c d e s c r i p t i o n a t the explanashyt o r y l e v e l of the research i s gen e r a t i v e s i n c e the phono-
v i i
l o g i c a l s t r u c t u r e of the Ilokano d i a l e c t can best be accounted f o r not by an inventory of elements but by
v a system of r u l e s - i t s generative phonological grammar
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Among those to whom the writer is grateful for guidance and assistance in the preparation of this thesis are her professors Robert J Gregg by whose tremendous knowledge and a b i l i t y her Interest in phonology was stimushylated Ruth E McConnell who introduced her to transforshymational-generative grammar and by whose creative teaching this student was encouraged to write the phonological gramshymar of her Ilokano dialect and Frederick Bowers in whose graduate seminar she gained further orientation and insight into the transformational-generative grammar theory She is also grateful for the ideas shared by Professors Kenneth L Pike and Noam A Chomsky These linguists have promptly answered her inquiries into their theories of language and linguistics which pervade this thesis
For financial assistance in connection with the Colombo Plan scholarship granted her the writer should like to record her indebtedness to the External Aid Office of the Government of Canada as well as to the National Economic Council and the Bureau of Public Schools of the Department of Education Republic of the Philippines Without this aid the degree course and research study would in the f i r s t place have been impossible
For her orientation training and experience i n the teaching of English as a second language as well as in textshybook writing both of which provided background for linguistics
i i i
and in which linguistics In turn finds practical application she is very grateful to Miss Fe Manza Mrs Estela F Daguio and Mrs Trinidad S Marino a l l of the Bureau of Public Schoolsbull
She feels deeply obliged to the o f f i c i a l s and staff of the UBC International House the Housing Administration Office and the Office of the Dean of Women for providing her a home away from home
A special word of thanks is due to her parents and sisters and to the families and friends who have shown great concern about her well-being while she was preparing the manuscript
N P 0
CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS i i ABSTRACT iv LIST OP FIGURES AND TABLES x i i
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1
11 The Ilokano Language 1
12 Purpose and Importance of the Study 6
13 Review of Related Studies 7
1 k Scope and Delimitation 9
15 Definitions of Terms Used bull 12
16 Theoretical Framework 16
17 Methodology and Procedure 18 2 METHODOLOGICAL PRELIMINARIES 20
21 The Organs of Speech 20
22 Types of Speech Sounds 21
221 How Vocoids are Described and Classified 23
222 How Contoids are Described and Classified 29
23 The Syllable Its Function and Structure 31
2 k Transcription Signs and Symbols 35
25 Phonetic Data 39
3 THE SOUNDS OF SPEECH A PHONETIC ANALYSIS 31 Phonetic Charts 44
311 The Segmental Sounds 4-5
312 The Suprasegmental Features 4-5
ix
CHAPTER 32 The Segments in Detail 46
321 Vocoids i 46
3211 The Fronfc Vocoids[i I e a] 47
3212 The Central Vocoids [a a] 57
3213 The Back Vocoids [u U o] 60
322 Vocoid Chains 69
3221 The Fronting Vocoid Chains 70
3222 The Retracting Vocoid Chains 77
323 Contoids 82 323I Plosives [p b t d k g q] 82
3a232 Nasals [m n n] 93
3233 Lateral [ l ] 97
3234 Alveolar Flap [ r ] 98
3235 Fricatives [ f v s h n] 100
324 Contoid Clusters 105
3241 Prevocalic I n i t i a l Contoid Clusters 110
3242 Prevocalic Medial Contoid Clusters bull 115
3243 Postvocalic Pinal Contoid Clusters bull 121
33 The Supfcasegments in Detail 123
331 Stress and Rhythm 123
332 Length 129
333 Juncture Pitch and Intonation 131
3331 Juncture 131
3332 Pitch and Intonation 132
X
CHAPTER 4 PHONEMIC ANALYSIS 137
41 Rationale for Phonemizatlon 138 42 Determining the Set of Phonemes 139
421 The Phoneme Concept 139
422 Analytic Procedure Pikes Tagmemic Theory 14-1
4221 CONTRAST i 144
42211 Vowels -1 147 (a) Contrasts in a l l dimensions 151 (b) Contrasts in tongue height 152
(c) Contrasts in tongue advancement 154 42212 Consonants 155
( 9 amp i c ^ o i c e versus Breath 155
(b) Contrasts in Point of Articulation 160 (c) Contrasts in Manner of Articulation 167
42213 Suprasegmental Prosodemes 174 (a) Stress 175 (b) Length 176 (c) Pitch Intonation and Juncture (PIJ) 1 8
4222 VARIATION and DISTRIBUTION Phonotactics and Morphophonemics 181
42221 Phonotactics 182 (a) Diphthongs 182 (b) Consonant Clusters 186
x l
CHAPTER (c) Vowels bull 188 (d) Consonants 190 (e) Tonemes 195 (f) Junctonemes 1 196 (g) Stronemes 197
42222 Morphophonemics 199
(a) Phoneme Addition 200 (b) Phoneme Deletion 203
(c) Phoneme Substitution 204 H) (1) Assimilation 204
(2) Dissimilation 205
(3) Gradation 206 (4) Reduplication 208
43 The Stream of Speech bull - 209 431 Corpus 209
432 Concepts 209 433 Analysis 211
5 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 216 51 Summary bull bull 216 52 Conclusions 237
BIBLIOGRAPHY 241
LIST OP FIGURES AND TABLES
FIGURE PAGE
1 Map of the Bhilippines showing Ilokano-speaking areas 2
2 Cross section of the head showing the organs most directly involved in the production of speech-sounds bull bullbull bull bull 22
3 The Eight Basic Cardinal Vowels 24 4 The Central Vocoid Triangle 26
5 Vocoid Matrix 28 6 Contoid Matrix 31
7 Ilokano Vocoids 44
8 Ilokano Vocoid Chains 44
9 Ilokano Contolds 45
10 Ilokano Vowel Pattern 150
11 Ilokano Consonant Pattern 172
TABLE
1 Philippine Languages 4
2 The Stream of Speech Analyzed 211
CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I i ABSTRACT i v LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES v i i i
CHAPTER PAGE 1 INTRODUCTION 1
11 The Ilokano Language 1 12 Purpose and Importance of the Study 6 13 Review of Related Studies 7 14 Scope and Delimitation 9
15 Definitions of Terms Used 12 16 Theoretical Framework 16 17 Methodology and Procedure 18
2 METHODOLOGICAL PRELIMINARIES 20 21 The Organs of Speech 20 22 Types of Speech Sounds 21
221 How Vocoids are Described and Classified 23
222 How Contoids are Described and Classified 29
23 The Syllable Its Function and Structure 31
24 Transcription Signs and Symbols 35
25 Phonetic Data 39
3 THE SOUNDS OF SPEECH A PHONETIC ANALYSIS 43
31 Phonetic Charts 44
311 The Segmental Sounds 45
312 The Suprasegmental Features 45
X
CHAPTER PAGE 32 The Segments i n Detail 46 321 Vocoids 46 3211 The Front Vocoids bull Z bull i 47
3212 The Central Vocoids 57
3213 The Back Vocoids 60
322 Vocoid Chains 69 3221 The Fronting Vocoid Chains 70
3222 The Retracting Vocoid Chains 77
323 Contoids 82 3231 Plosives 82 3232 Nasalss 93
3233 Lateral 97
3234 Alveolar Flap 98
3235 Fricatives 100
3236 Semlvouelds 104
324 Contoid Clusters 105
3241 Prevocalic I n i t i a l Contoid Clusters 110
3242 Prevocalic Medial Contoid Clusters 115
3243 Postvocalic Final Contoid Clusters 121
33 The Suprasegments in Detail 123
3 31 Stress and Rhythm 123
332 Length 129
333 Juncture Pitch and Intonation 131
3331 Juncture lt bull bull bull 101
3332 Pitch and Intonation 132
x i
CHAPTER PAGE
4 PHONEMIC ANALYSIS 137
41 Rationale for Phonemization 138
42 Determining the Set of Phoneme 139
421 The Phoneme Concept 139
422 Analytic Procedure P i k e ^ Tagmemic Theory 141
4221 CONTRAST bull 144 42211 Vowels 147 42212 Consonants 155
4 2213 Suprasegmental Prosodemes 174 (a) Stress 175
(b) Length 176
(c) Pitch Intonation and Juncture (PIJ) 178 4222 VARIATION and DISTRIBUTION 181
42221 Phonotactics 182
42222 Morphophonemics 199
43 The Stream of Speech 209
4 31 Corpus 209 432 Concepts 209 433 Analysis J 211
5 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS 216 5 1 Summary bull bull 2 1 6
52 Conclusions a bull bull bull 2|2
BIBLIOGRAPHY 241
Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION 11 The Ilokano Language The Ilokano language like a l l the other Philippine
languages and dialects belongs to the Indonesian branch of 1
the Malayo-Polynesian linguistic family By typological 2
classification i t is an agglutinative language Ilokano is the third major Philippine language The
National Census of I960 l i s t s 3158560 native speakers disshytributed throughout the country the majority of whom live i n the four provinces where i t i s the native tongue namely Ilocos Norte Ilocos Sur Abra and La Union and In the areas where Ilokanos have heavily immigrated - Mountain Province Cagayan Isabela Nueva Vizcaya Nueva Eclja
3 Pangaslnan Tarlac Zambales and Manila
1 Jose V i l l a Panganiban The Family of Philippine
Languages and Dialects 1 Inclosure to Bulletin No 137 s 1957 Bureau of Public Schools Department of Education Manila BPS 1957 P If Charles F Hockett A Course i n Modern Linguistics New York Macmillan 1958 p 595 Leonard Bloomfield Language New York Holt Rinehart and Winston 1961 p 71
2 Ilokano makes extensive use of affixes to signal
grammatical meaning For details on types of linguistic structure see Edward Sapir Language An Introduction to the Study of Speech New York Harcourt Brace amp World Inc 1921 Chap 6
3 Bureau of the Census and Statistics Philippine
National Census of I960 (Summary Report) Manila BCS 1962 p 15 See also Fig 1 and Table 1 of this thesis
2
I l o c o s N o r t e h-
Abra I l o c o s Sur mdash I s a b e l a mdash La Union Nueva V i z c a y a
Pangaslnan Nueva E c i j a Zambales mdash T a r l a c mdash mdash
mdash Cagayan
mdash Mountain P r o v i n c e
Pig 1 Map of the P h i l i p p i n e s
showing the Ilokano-speaking
a r e a s
3
Although the Ilokano spoken i n each of these p l a c e s
i s a d i s t i n c t d i a l e c t a l v a r i a n t of the language - e s p e c i a l l y
i n phonology and t o some extent i n voc a b u l a r y - mutual i n t e l shy
l i g i b i l i t y between them i s of such a degree t h a t speakers
coming from r a t h e r w i d e l y separated l o c a l i t i e s can use i t
w i t h f a c i l i t y as a means of communication among themselves-
I t i s the informed o b s e r v a t i o n of the w r i t e r t h a t i n
the r e g i o n s where Ilokano i s an immigrant language phonoloshy
g i c a l d i a l e c t a l v a r i a t i o n can be a f u n c t i o n of i t s c o e x i s t e n c e
w i t h the n a t i v e language o r languages I n Nueva V i z c a y a f o r
i n s t a n c e the two n a t i v e languages Gadang and I s i n a y tend t o
h e l p Ilokano p r e s e r v e the f o r e i g n (Spanish o r E n g l i s h ) sounds
[ e o f VJ i n i t s p h o n e t i c code These sounds a r e i n the
phonemic systems of the two n a t i v e tongues thus Gadang phonshy
emes e and f as i n i p e f u q i pS f u q to begin n e f u f f u k
ne f u f f i k knocked onto and the I s i n a y phonemes e o
and v as i n mamvevoy mam vsect voy to p l a y The Ilokano
spoken i n the p r o v i n c e of Pangasinan on the oth e r hand has
a s s i m i l a t e d the tense schwa copy of the n a t i v e language and
has l o s t i t s f o r e i g n pounde3-sound which i s not i n the Pangasinan
phonemic code Thus most Ilokanos i n Pangasinan would say
f o r example g e r r a g l r r a q war not ggr r a q amen qamp min
bullamen not qfi men which does not t h e r e f o r e c o n t r a s t w i t h amln
qamp min a l l ageskwela qa g i s kwfi l a q go t o s c h o o l not
qa ges kwamp l a q
4
Table 1 Philippine Languages (A Partial List)
THE PHILIPPINES Number of -islands 7107 Land area 115t000 sq miles Total population (as of I960 census) 27087685
THE EIGHT MAJOR PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES Total No of Speakers
(I960 Census) Percentage
C ebuano 6529882 241 Tagalog 5694072 210
Ilokano 3158560 117
Hiligaynon 2817314 104
Bikol 2108837 78
Samar-Leyte 1488668 55
Pampango 875531 32
Pangasinan 666003 25
IER PHILIPPINE LANGUAGES Apayao Gadang Kulaman Sambal Ata Ibanag Magindanao Sanggil Bagobo Ifugao Mandaya Subanon Bajao Igorot Mangguangan Tagabili Blla-an Ilongot Mangyan Tagakaolo Bontok Isinay Manobo Tagbanua Bukidnon Ivatan Maranao Tausug Chavacano Kalamian Negrito-Aeta Tinggian Davaweno Kalinga Palawan Tiruray Dumagat Ke-ney Samal Yakan
HOtley Beyer List of Philippine Languages and Dialects 1942 (Mimeographed)
Another interesting observation about Ilokano i s the phenomenon which linguists c a l l hybrid message -bilingual or multilingual - such as the utterances combined of Ilokano and English for Instance
naohangean [na tyeln dyan] i t was changed1
fllnushna [ f l l nas naq] he flushed i t lyeschedulen poundql yes ke dyU len] schedule i t now mayad-adjust to [ma yad qad dyas toq] hell become
adjusted or those of Ilokano and Spanish for example
asekasuek poundqa se kas swek] I pay attention to from hacer caso de to pay attention to
alamanuen poundqa l a man nwen] to shake hands with from a l a mano near at hand
The linguistic phenomenon just cited has significant implications for Ilokano morphophonological structure which are summed up in what Sapir said about how languages influence each other He wrote
The borrowing of foreign words always entails their phonetic modification 1 There are sure to be foreign sounds or accentual peculiarities that do not f i t the native phonetic habits They are then so changed as to do as l i t t l e violence as possible to these habits Frequently we have phone11c compromis es5
5 Sapir opound oity p 197
6
lv2 Purpose and Importance of the Study
T h i s t h e s i s attempts t o e s t a b l i s h the phonemes and
prosodemes of a d i a l e c t of Ilokano and to d e l i n e a t e the
r e s t r i c t i o n s of c o m b i n a b i l i t y of the emlc u n i t s - i e
the p h o n o l o g i c a l p a t t e r n s which the emic u n i t s e n t e r i n t o
S p e c i f i c a l l y the study w i l l seek answers to the f o l l o w i n g
q u e s t i o n s
(a) What ar e the emic u n i t s of the c u l t i v a t e d
Ilokano d i a l e c t as spoken i n Bayombong Nueva
V i z c a y a
1) segmental phonemes
2) suprasegmental prosodemes
(b) What p h o n o l o g i c a l p a t t e r n s of occurence r e l a t i o n s
between the emlc u n i t s does the d i a l e c t permit
With I t s d e t a i l e d a n a l y s e s and i t s d e s c r i p t i o n s of
how the i n d i v i d u a l sounds and f e a t u r e s a r e produced and c l a s shy
s i f i e d how they v a r y and d i s t r i b u t e i n p e r m i t t e d p h o n o l o g i c a l
p a t t e r n s and w i t h the generous examples i l l u s t r a t i n g the
l i n g u i s t i c p r i n c i p l e s involved the r e s u l t s of t h i s study
sh o u l d be u s e f u l (1) as a b a s i s f o r a c o n t r a s t i v e a n a l y s i s of
Ilokano and o t h e r languages p a r t i c u l a r l y E n g l i s h and T agalog
the r e s u l t s of which w i l l i n t u r n serve (2) as b a s i s f o r p r e shy
p a r i n g i n s t r u c t i o n a l m a t e r i a l s i n E n g l i s h and Tagalog f o r
Ilokano speakers and (3) as s o u r c e n m a t e r i a l f l f o r the t e a c h i n g
and l e a r n i n g of Ilokano as a second language
7
13 Review of R e l a t e d Studies Two d o c t o r a l d i s s e r t a t i o n s and a masters t h e s i s
have d e a l t p a r t l y w i t h the p h o n o l o g i c a l a n a l y s i s of d i f f e r e n t
d i a l e c t s of I l o k a n o 6
C o n s t a n t i n o wrote a complete g e n e r a t i v e grammar -
phrase s t r u c t u r e grammatical t r a n s f o r m a t i o n s and morphoshy
phonemics - of the Ilokano d i a l e c t as spoken i n Santo Domingo
Nueva E c i j a The morphophonemic component of the grammar i n shy
cludes a phonemic a n a l y s i s and a g e n e r a t i v e p h o n o l o g i c a l
grammar of the d i a l e c t c o n s i s t i n g of 15 s t r i n g s t r u c t u r e
r u l e s and 2 t r a n s f o r m a t i o n a l r u l e s The phonemic a n a l y s i s
r e v e a l e d 25 phonemes as f o l l o w s
3 vowels a i u
16 consonants p t k b d g c m n n
h s 1 r w y
a word accen t bull
an emphatic s t r e s s
3 j u n c t u r e s [ J j
a s y l l a b l e boundary - ^ [3 o r pound] A c o n t r a s t i v e a n a l y s i s of the form and d i s t r i b u t i o n
6 E r n e s t o Andres C o n s t a n t i n o A G e n e r a t i v e Grammar
of a D i a l e c t of I l o c a n o (Unpublished Ph D d i s s e r t a t i o n I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y June 1959 200 pp)
7 I b i d pp 182-198
8 8
of English and Iloko segmental phonemes was made by 9
Sibayan As a basis for contrast he established the following segmental phonemes of the La Union-Baguio City
10 dialect
16 consonants p t k b d g s h m n n 1 r y w
5 vowels l e a a u 7 diphthongs i y copyy ay uy iw aw uw
11
HcKaughan and Forster developed a pedagogical grammar for Ilokano based on the La Union dialect The f i r s t group of lessons includes very brief descriptions of the phonemes The dialect has 19 segmental phonemes p t k b d g m n n s j l r w y i a a u and a suprasegment-a l phonemic stress No phonetic transcription of the
8 The word forms Iloko Ilocano and Ilokano have
been used by different writers i n refering to the language the last two only to the native speaker In line with the Philippine national orthography however the form Ilokano Is used i n the present study to refer either to the language or to the native speaker
9 Bonifacio Padllla Sibayan English and Iloko Segmental
Phonemes (Unpublished Ph D dissertation The University of Michigan 1961 188 pp)
10 Ibid pp 100-101
11 Howard McKaughan and Jannette Forster Ilocano An
Intensive Language Course (Published M A thesis Cornell University June 1952) Grand Forks ND Summer Institute of Linguistics 1957 PP 1-8
9
t e x t m a t e r i a l i s g i v e n While t h i s study i s h e l p f u l i n
p o i n t i n g out how d i a l e c t s of Ilokano d i f f e r In t h e i r phonemic
systems i t has l i t t l e t o o f f e r t o the present study i n terms
of l i n g u i s t i c procedures l i k e p honetic d e s c r i p t i o n and phon-
e m l z a t i o n
The t h r e e s t u d i e s on the whole can o n l y serve t o
emphasize the i n c r e a s i n g importance of s c i e n t i f i c a n a l y s e s -
t h a t a r e both comprehensive and deep - of the p h o n o l o g i c a l
systems of a m u l t i d i a l e c t a l language l i k e I l o k a n o
1 4 Scope and D e l i m i t a t i o n
Modern s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t s advocate t h a t the desshy
c r i p t i o n - i e the grammar - of a language be c o n s i d e r e d 12 13
w i t h i n a wide scope Chomsky K a t z and P o s t a l and
s e v e r a l o t h e r s share the concept t h a t an i n t e g r a t e d l i n g u i s shy
t i c d e s c r i p t i o n of a n a t u r a l language c o n s i s t s of t h r e e com-14
ponents s y n t a c t i c semantic and p h o n o l o g i c a l S t u d i e s
12 Noam Chomsky Aspects of the Theory of Syntax
Cambridge The MIT P r e s s 1965 p 16 Current Issues_ i n L i n g u i s t i c Theory I n K a t z and Fodor The S t r u c t u r e of Language New J e r s e y P r e n t i c e H a l l I nc 1964 pp 50-118
13 -J e r o l d J Katz and P a u l M P o s t a l An I n t e g r a t e d
Theory of L i n g u i s t i c D e s c r i p t i o n s Hesearch Monograph No 26 Cambridge The MIT P r e s s 1964
14 Ibid pp 11-29
10
yielding such a comprehensive and integrated body of knowledge about any one language could well be the occupation of many generations of linguists This trend in linguistic research has however been optimistically encouraging especially for English and Russian Por Ilokano the grammar written by
15
Constantino is a bold step i n the right direction The present study deals mainly with the description
of the phonological component of a projected grammar of another dialect of Ilokano It covers both the taxonomic and explanatory levels of linguistic study as distinguished by Saumjan thus
linguistic science is concerned above a l l with an exact description and classification of observable facts That is the taxonomic level of lin g u i s t i c science But linguistics goes beyond a mere description and classification of observable facts i t sets i t s e l f the task of revealing the underlying immanent relations among elements inaccesshysible to direct observation That is the explanatory level of linguistic science 1
The writers interpretation of the above scheme is reflected i n the scope of her research The taxonomic level embraces the phonetic and phonemic analyses in
15
S1 K Saumjan Discussion on the paper of Henning Spang-HanssenV Mathematical Linguistics - A Trend i n Name or i n Pact read at the Ninth International Congress of Linguists Published In Horace G Lunt (ed) Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Linguists The Hague Mouton amp Co 1964 pp 61-71
17 Ibid p 70
11
Chapters 3 and 4 Chapter 5 reflects the explanatory level of the research - the phonological grammar which i s a system of unordered rewrite rules underlying the strucshyture of the cultivated Ilokano dialect as spoken In the town proper of Bayombong provincial capital of Nueva Vlzcaya
It is instructive to consider that the Nueva Vlzcaya Ilokano is an admixture of a l l the other dialects mentioned i n Sec 11 This fact renders It d i f f i c u l t to base the descriptive statements and generalizations on linguistic features and characteristics that can be ascribed to a l l speakers of the dialect i n question In view of this l i m i shytation the descriptive analysis w i l l inevitably be based on the writers Idiolect which is representative of the c u l t l -
18 vated speech in the area However in order to allow for the inherent diversity of different speakers and also to fore s t a l l accusations of being prescriptive rather than descriptive the statements and examples i n this study w i l l
18 Since the writer is the investigator-informant
facts about her idiolect might be mentioned here for the sake of the reader She was born to the La Unlon-Pangasinan variety of Ilokano which is her home dialect grew up and attended elementary and high schools i n Bayombong Nueva Vlzcaya where she learned the Gadang language and taught for ten years in the towns where Gadang and Isinay are the native languages Besides Ilokano and Gadang she speaks Tagalog Pangasinan Pampango Isinay English and has a f a i r knowledge of Japanese Spanish and French
12
wherever feasible be general enough as to admit variations of structures and systems
Languages di f f e r in many respects therefore i t is to be expected that most of the English glosses given with the examples are not the exact semantic equivalents of the word forms cited they only serve to identify or describe not define
15 Definitions of Terms Used
Por the sake of brevity and conciseness the followshying terms and concepts are defined and interpreted as to
19 their pertinence to this study
Grammar The term grammar is used in this thesis in Its modern concept that i s i t is a system of rules which characterizes the native speaker-hearers competence (his knowledge of his language) and performance (his actual use of the language i n concrete situations) Grammar can be specifically defined in terms of i t s three components nameshyly syntactic semantic and phonological
A phonological grammar of a given language or dialect
19 Based on the works by Chomsky op c i t Bernard
Bloch A Set of Postulates for Phonemic Analysis Language 2413-46 Charles C Fries and Kenneth L Pike Coexistent Phonemic Systems Language 2529-50 Mario Pel Glossary of Linguistic Terminology New York Doubleday amp Co 1966
13
t h e r e f o r e r e f e r s t o the system of r u l e s c h a r a c t e r i z i n g
the n a t i v e speaker-hearers knowledge of the phonemic code
of h i s language and h i s use of t h a t code i n a c t u a l speech
s i t u a t i o n s
D i a l e c t A s u b d i v i s i o n of a language spoken i n a
g i v e n g e o g r a p h i c a l a r e a d i f f e r i n g s u f f i c i e n t l y from the
o f f i c i a l s t a n d a r d form of the language i n one or a l l of
the l e v e l s of the language ( p r o n u n c i a t i o n syntax vocabushy
l a r y and i d i o m a t i c use of words) t o be viewed as a d i s t i n c t
e n t i t y yet not s u f f i c i e n t l y d i f f e r e n t from the o t h e r d i a l e c t s
of the language to be regarded as a separate language I n
l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s the term d i a l e c t Is not used i n i t s popushy
l a r p e j o r a t i v e sense of v u l g a r uneducated f o r e i g n or
r u s t i c speech
I d i o l e c t The i d e a l minimum phonemic system of one
i n d i v i d u a l h i s p e r s o n a l v a r i e t y of the community language
system A speech sound i n a g i v e n i d i o l e c t Is c a l l e d an
ldlophone and the phoneme an idlophoneme A c l a s s of i d i o shy
l e c t s w i t h the same p h o n o l o g i c a l system c o n s t i t u t e s a d i a l e c t
Phonology The t h i r d component of a grammar of a p a r t i shy
c u l a r language o r d i a l e c t which d e a l s w i t h (1) the d e s c r i p t i o n
and a n a l y s i s of the raw m a t e r i a l s o f speech - the v o c a l sounds
o r phones and (2) the o r g a n i z a t i o n of the phones Into f u n c shy
t i o n a l u n i t s the phonemes and i n t u r n the o r g a n i z a t i o n of
the phonemes Into p e r m i t t e d ^sequences o r p a t t e r n s The f i r s t
i s the p r o v i n c e of P h o n e t i c s the second Phonemics
Ik
The productive forms etic and emic are used quite extensively i n this thesis thus etic (from phonetic) to refer to the non-functional units and processes while emic (from phonemic) to the functional and distinctive units and processes Some of the following terms may not be conshyventional to professional linguists but i n any case they are here Included and defined in the sense that they are used i n this study
Unit of Non-functional Functional Variant or Etic or Emic or Al l o -
sound phone phoneme allophone bullpitch
ton-1 tone toneme allotone ^bullintonation
stress strone stroneme allostrone juncture junctone junctoneme allojunctone form morph morpheme allomorph meaning seme sememe alloseme
Phoneme The minimal bundle of relevant sound features called distinctive features or contrastive components distingshyuishing one utterance from another A phoneme is not a sound i t i s a class of sounds actualized or realized in a different way i n any given position or environment by i t s representative the allophone
Prosodeme A prosodeme i s an emic suprasegmental feature i n the sense that a phoneme is an emic segmental unit
15
Phonemic P a t t e r n The phonemic p a t t e r n of a language
c o n s i s t s of (1) i t s f i n i t e s e t of d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s o r
c o n t r a s t i v e components used t o i d e n t i f y i t s phonemes (2) i t s
f i n i t e s e t of phonemes and (3) i t s f i n i t e s e t of r u l e s f o r
grouping the phonemes i n t o sequences The s e t of r u l e s i e t
the a r b i t r a r y s t r u c t u r a l arrangements which a language imposshy
es on i t s phonemes makes l t d i s t i n c t from o t h e r languages
Thus Ilokano and E n g l i s h share the phonemes m p s t
but due t o the d i s t i n c t phonemic p a t t e r n of e i t h e r language
these phonemes f u n c t i o n and a r e arranged d i f f e r e n t l y i n each
I n E n g l i s h they can f u n c t i o n i n a c l u s t e r as i n glimpsed
g l i m p s t i n Ilokano however they must combine w i t h vowels
as I n impusot qim pu s 6 t weaned
U t t e r a n c e A s t r e t c h of meaningful speech put f o r t h
by a s i n g l e person b e f o r e and a f t e r which t h e r e i s maximum
s i l e n c e by t h a t person An u t t e r a n c e may be a mo n o s y l l a b i c
word o r a long complex sentence F o r example the s i n g l e
u t t e r a n c e Umay ngata d i a y ublng qu mSy na t a dyay qu b i n
W i l l the c h i l d p r obably come becomes three u t t e r a n c e s i n
the f o l l o w i n g s i t u a t i o n
Speaker 1 Umay ngata
Speaker 2 P l a y
Speaker 1 Ublng
Segment A f r a c t i o n of an u t t e r a n c e between any two
Immediately s u c c e s s i v e change-points The change-points
t h a t d e f i n e the l i m i t s of a segment a r e change-points i n
16
the a r t i c u l a t i o n of a speech organ o r of two d i f f e r e n t
organs Thus [ n ] i s a segment i n the u t t e r a n c e Umay ngata
[qU mal na f t a q ] I n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the segment the
r a i s e d p o s i t i o n of the back of the tongue a g a i n s t the r o o f
of the mouth and the lowered p o s i t i o n of the velum b e g i n
and end a t the same times as the segment i t s e l f
Segmental and Suprasegmental U n i t s L i n g u i s t i c u n i t s
which c l e a r l y f o l l o w each other i n the stream of speech a r e
c a l l e d segmental or l i n e a r Those which c l e a r l y extend over
a s e r i e s of s e v e r a l segmental groupings are c a l l e d supraseg-
mental n o n l i n e a r or p r o s o d i c For example the p o s i t i o n s
of a r t i c u l a t i o n of the phonemes i n ublng ^qu-^bin i n the
f i r s t sample u t t e r a n c e above a r e segmental w h i l e the t o n -
ernes superposed on them a r e suprasegmental
To a v o i d too much v e r b o s i t y the term phoneme i n
g e n e r a l d i s c u s s i o n s a t l e a s t w i l l be taken to r e f e r t o both
segmental phonemes and suprasegmental prosodemes D i s t i n c shy
t i o n s between the two a r e o n l y made where s p e c i f i c a l l y necesshy
s a r y
20 1 6 T h e o r e t i c a l Framework
The p h o n o l o g i c a l t h e o r y u n d e r l y i n g the present study
20 Based on the views of s e v e r a l l i n g u i s t s For d e t a i l s
see Noam Chomsky on c i t M o r r i s H a l l e The Sound P a t t e r n
17
i s contained i n certain assumptions about the nature of linguistic structure and linguistic pattern These assumpshytions are stated in terms of formal conditions which the phonological analyses and descriptions must satisfy
(1) In phonology speech events are represented as sequences of segments and as interlocking suprasegments
(2) Every segment or suprasegment can be uniqaely identified as a phoneme i n the language by a feature ( a r t i -culatory auditory or acoustic) or a combination of featshyures of sound known as distinctive features or contrastive components
(3) A borrowed sound is considered assimilated into the native phonemic system when the loan is i n common use by native speakers of the language
(4) Phonology i s non-autonomous Some pnonetic processes depend on syntactic and morphological structures for their interpretation
(5) Any one language code has a phonemic pattern which i s analyzable and stateable
of Russian The Hague Mouton amp Co 1959 PP 20-41 R Jakobson C G M Pant and M Halle Preliminaries to Speech Analysis Cambridge The MIT Press 1965 pp 1-15 Bernard Bloch op c l t Kenneth L Pike bullGrammatical Prerequisites to Phonemic Analysis Language 33155-172 C C Pries and K L Pike op_ c i t et passim
18
1pound7 Methodology and Procedure
L i n g u i s t s d i f f e r c o n s i d e r a b l y from one another i n
t h e i r methods of s t u d y i n g a language I n terms of l i n g u i s t i c
u n i t s l e v e l s and d i r e c t i o n of a n a l y s i s and d e s c r i p t i o n one
s c h o o l of thought advocates proceeding from sound to sentence
w h i l e another moves converselybull i e from sentence to sound
The present study i s o r i e n t e d t o both methods i t proshy
ceeds from wholes ( u t t e r a n c e s ) t o p a r t s (segments and supra-
segments) and then t o wholes ( g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s or r u l e s )
The taxonomic procedure of segmentation and c l a s s i f i c a shy
t i o n w i l l be employed i n t h i s phonology of I l o k a n o Given
the raw m a t e r i a l of speech - the sample s e t of meaningful
u t t e r a n c e s r e p r e s e n t e d as s t r i n g s of sound segments or phones -
the f i r s t t a sk w i l l be t o i d e n t i f y the r e c u r r i n g speech sounds
and t o d e s c r i b e how they a r e produced The p r i n c i p l e s of a r t i -
c u l a t o r y phonetics w i l l dominate i n t h i s study f o r the simple
reason t h a t many aspects of speech can be d e s c r i b e d more e a s i l y
and simply i n a r t i c u l a t o r y terms than i n a c o u s t i c terms The
a c o u s t i c parameters of sound such as s t r e s s l e n g t h j u n c t u r e
p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n w i l l however be c o n s i d e r e d
The next s t e p i s phonemization which i n v o l v e s c l a s s i f y shy
i n g the v a r i a n t e t i c u n i t s i n t o i n v a r i a n t (under c e r t a i n conshy
d i t i o n s ) f u n c t i o n a l u n i t s the phonemes and prosodemes
A f t e r the emic u n i t s of the d i a l e c t have been estabshy
l i s h e d g e n e r a l statements about t h e i r b a s i c p a t t e r n s or
19
r e g u l a r i t i e s of co-occurrence r e l a t i o n s a r e formulated 1
The g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s w i l l be s t a t e d i n the form of phonoloshy
g i c a l r u l e s
In sum the a n a l y t i c - s y n t h e t i c method w i l l be employed
i n t h i s study The steps a r e as f o l l o w s
(a) Segmentation or Phonetic A n a l y s i s Segmenting
the sample Ilokano u t t e r a n c e s (the phonetic data) i n t o e t i c
u n i t s and d e s c r i b i n g the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and p r o d u c t i o n of
each r e c u r r e n t u n i t
(b) Phonemizatlon or Phonemic A n a l y s i s C l a s s i f y i n g
the e t i c u n i t s i n t o the ernes of the Ilokano d i a l e c t and
(c) G e n e r a l i z a t i o n S t a t i n g g e n e r a l i t i e s - the
p h o n o l o g i c a l r u l e s - about the p a t t e r n s of emic c o m b i n a b i l i t y
The d e s c r i p t i v e procedure i n a l l the t h r e e s t e p s
p a r t i c u l a r l y (b) and ( c ) employs the t r i m o d a l theory of
a n a l y s i s
Contrast Unit a Variation
Distribution
which i s d i s c u s s e d a t l e n g t h i n Sec 423 of t h i s t h e s i s
Chapter 2
METHODOLOGICAL PRELIMINARIES
Certain referential frames which are basic to the understanding of the detailed phonetic and phonemic analyses and descriptions of Ilokano require discussion i n this chapshyter These include (1) the organs of speech (2) the types of speech sounds and the ways in which they are classified and described (3) the syllable (4-) transcription signs and symbols and (5) the phonetic data
2 1 The Organs o f Speech The primacy of articulatory phonetics in this study
of Ilokano speech sounds supposes an identification of the organs of the body directly involved in phonatlon the so-called organs of speech
Generally speech sounds are produced with the outshygoing breath stream The perceived differences in speech sounds while one is speaking are the result and correlate of the control and modification of the outgoing lung a i r In various ways at one or more points In the vocal tract
The speech organs which control and modify the egressive breath stream are either movable or stationary The movable parts called articulators include the l i p s tongue velum uvula vocal bands and of course the lower jaw Articulations involving the tongue can be specifical-
21
l y d e s c r i b e d i n t e r m s o f i t s s u b d i v i s i o n s n a m e l y t i p
b l a d e f r o n t b a c k a n d r o o t T h e s t a t i o n a r y p a r t s i n c l u d e
t h e t e e t h a l v e o l a r r i d g e o r gum r i d g e h a r d p a l a t e v e l u m
o r s o f t p a l a t e a n d t h e b a c k w a l l o f t h e p h a r y n x F i g 2
o n t h e n e x t p a g e s h o w s t h e s e a r t i c u l a t o r y s t r u c t u r e s a s w e l l
a s t h e f o u r r e s o n a n c e c h a m b e r s o r a l c a v i t y n a s a l c a v i t y
t h e p h a r y n x a n d t h e l a r y n x T h e l a r y n x c o n t a i n i n g t h e
v o c a l b a n d s i s t h e l o w e s t p l a c e o f a r t i c u l a t i o n
2 raquo 2 T y p e s o f S p e e c h S o u n d s
S p e e c h i s a c o n t i n u u m o f s o u n d s i n w h i c h e a c h u n i t
m e r g e s i m p e r c e p t i b l y i n t o a n o t h e r F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f
d e s c r i p t i o n i t may b e s e g m e n t e d i n t o d i s c r e t e e l e m e n t s
i n o r d e r t o a n a l y z e a n d s y m b o l i z e t h e a r t i c u l a t o r y m o v e shy
m e n t s i n v o l v e d i n i t s p r o d u c t i o n T h e s o u n d s e g m e n t s
r e s u l t i n g f r o m s u c h q u a n t i z a t i o n a r e t h e r e f o r e t o b e
c o n s i d e r e d a s m e r e a b s t r a c t i o n s o f t h e p h y s i c a l p h e n o m e n o n
o f s p e e c h
T h e s t r e a m o f s p e e c h o f I l o k a n o i s t o b e s e g m e n t e d 21
a n d c l a s s i f i e d i n t o t w o m a i n t y p e s
(1) C o n t o l d s t h o s e s p e e c h s o u n d s w h i c h a r e a r t i c u shy
l a t e d w i t h c o m p l e t e s t o p o r a u d i b l e f r i c t i o n T h e o u t g o shy
i n g a i r s t r e a m i s o b s t r u c t e d a t one o r m o r e p o i n t s i n t h e
21 dgt T h e t e r m s v o c o i d a n d c o n t o i d u s e d i n r e c e n t
p h o n e t i c l i t e r a t u r e t o d e s i g n a t e t h e p h o n e t i c t y p e s a s d i s t i n g u i s h e d f r o m t h e v o w e l - c o n s o n a n t p h o n e m i c c a t e g o r i e s a r e d u e p r i m a r i l y t o K e n n e t h L P i k e S e e h i s P h o n e m i c s A T e c h n i q u e f o r R e d u c i n g l a n g u a g e s t o W r i t i n g A n n A r b o r T h e U n i v e r s i t y o f M i c h i g a n P r e s s 1964pp 131 1 4 2 4
22
F i g 2 Cross s e c t i o n of the head showing the organs most d i r e c t l y i n v o l v e d
2 in the production of speech-sounds
Oral C a v i t y (Mouth) Nasal Cavity Velum (Soft P a l a t e )
Hard P a l a t e
A l v e o l e s (Gumridge)
pips
Tongue 1 Tip 2 Blade 3 Front 4 Back 5 Root
Trachea
Robert J Gregg A Students 1 Manual of French P r o n u n c i a t i o n Toronto The Macmillan Company of Canada L t d i 9 6 0 p 5 (Reproduced w i t h permission of the author)
23
vocal tract either by stopping the passage of a i r completeshyl y or by forcing i t into narrow channels producing audible f r i c t i o n
(2) Vocoids sounds produced with the continuous stream of a i r passing through resonance chambers - e g through the larynx and f i n a l l y out through the oral or nasal cavity - relatively unimpeded and without producing any audible f r i c t i o n Vocoids function as syllable nuclei
Intermediate between the two types are the semi-contoids These are vocoids patterning as contoids They are not syllabic
A sequence of two vocoids produced with a single 23
emission of the voice is a vocoid chain
2 2 1 How Vocoids are Described and Classified A vocoid description i s based mainly on auditory
judgments of sound relationships Since there is no contact of the tongue with the roof of the mouth only the l i p shape can be described by visual or tactile means Differences i n the degrees of tongue elevation and tongue advancement are so minute that i t is impossible to assess them quite accurately It is not feasible to say for instance that a given Ilokano vocoid is produced with the
23 The term vocoid chain i s used at the s t r i c t l y
phonetic level i n this study - in parallel terminology with vocoid and contoid Diphthong w i l l be used to refer to the same sound sequences at the phonemic level
24
back of the tongue r a i s e d to w i t h i n 4 m i l l i m e t e r s of the velum
A f i n e r d e s c r i p t i o n of vocoids can be achieved by-reference to the phonetic g r i d which l i n g u i s t s c a l l the
24
C a r d i n a l Vowel S c a l e I t c o n s i s t s of a s e r i e s of eight b a s i c vowels of known formation and a c o u s t i c q u a l i t i e s independent of the vowel sounds of any p a r t i c u l a r language The s e l e c t i o n of these eight c a r d i n a l vowels i s based upon the p r i n c i p l e t h a t no two of them are so near each other as
25 to be incapable of d i s t i n g u i s h i n g words These vowels and t h e i r p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s are shown on a trapezium below
Fig 3 The E i g h t B a s i c C a r d i n a l Vowels
24 A standard and i n v a r i a b l e s c a l e devised by D a n i e l
Jones- a B r i t i s h l i n g u i s t and adopted by the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Phonetic Association See D a n i e l Jones An O u t l i n e of E n g l i s h Phonetics Cambridge W Heffner and Sons L t d I960 ppT 31-39
25
The trapezium may be taken as a c o n v e n t i o n a l i z e d
r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of the human mouth w i t h the l i p s t o the
l e f t and the pharynx t o the r i g h t The dots r e p r e s e n t the
r e l a t i v e p o s i t i o n s of the tongue i n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the 27
voxels I n the c a r d i n a l v o c o i d s poundi] and [ u ] the tongue
i s r a i s e d as c l o s e as p o s s i b l e t o the p a l a t e without f r i c shy
t i o n being produced and f o r C [ a ] i t i s brought as low as
p o s s i b l e w i t h s l i g h t r a i s i n g a t the extreme back These
thr e e sounds d e f i n e what a r e known as the vowel l i m i t s -
t h a t i s i f the tongue were r a i s e d even a f r a c t i o n of an
i n c h h i g h e r than c [ i ] or cpoundu] or r e t r a c t e d f a r t h e r back
than cpounda]raquo the sounds produced would be f r i c a t i v e c o n t o l d s
Thus c C i]gt[y] as i n y e t C [ u ] gt [ w ] as i n wet and cCct3gtC ] which f o r t y p o g r a p h i c a l convenience i s w r i t t e n
28 [jR] a s i n the French word a r b r e [aRbS] t r e e
C l o s e h a l f - c l o s e h a l f - o p e n and open r e f e r t o the
degrees of tongue e l e v a t i o n (see F i g 5) S t a r t i n g from
the cpoundi3 p o s i t i o n the f r o n t of the tongue i s lowered I n t e r n a t i o n a l P honetic A s s o c i a t i o n The P r i n c i p l e s of the I n t e r n a t i o n a l P honetic A s s o c i a t i o n London U n i v e r s i t y C o l l e g e 1965
25 I b i d p i+
26 I b i d p 5 (See valu e s of the vowels on p 27
of t h i s t h e s i s 27
F o r c o n s i s t e n c y and b r e v i t y the c a r d i n a l vowels w i l l h e n c e f o r t h be c a l l e d c a r d i n a l v o c o i d s and w r i t t e n as C [ i ] C [ e ] c[e] C [ a ] c[ a] C ( gt ] f C [ o ] and c[u]
28 R J Gregg op c i t p 52
26
g r a d u a l l y a t a u d i t o r i l y e q u i d i s t a n t p o i n t s r e p r e s e n t i n g
t h e v a l u e s f o r c[e e a ] Prom th e c[a] p o s i t i o n t h e
tongue i s r a i s e d a l s o a t e q u i d i s t a n t p o i n t s r e p r e s e n t i n g
t h e v a l u e s g i v e n t o C[o o bull u ]
V o c o i d s s i t u a t e d on t h e l i n e i - a o r n e a r t o i t a r e
c a l l e d f r o n t v o c o i d s and t h o s e i n t h e l i n e a-u o r s l i g h t l y
I n advance o f i t t h e back v o c o i d s The term c e n t r a l i n d i shy
c a t e s t h a t t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t o f t h e tongue i s i n t h e c e n t e r
o f t h e mouth midway between f r o n t and back A t r i a n g u l a r
a r e a r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e r e g i o n o f t h e c e n t r a l v o c o i d t y p e s
i s drawn s e p a r a t i n g t h e f r o n t v o c o i d s from t h e back v o c o i d s
The a d d i t i o n a l f e a t u r e s a r e shown below
F i g 4 The C e n t r a l V o c o i d T r i a n g l e
27
The values of the different cardinal vocoids may be illustrated from different types of English in which
29 the vocoid types are found
c[i] see [ s i ] (General) C[e] day [de] (Scottish)
c[e] [set] (Northern British English) C t gt ] back [bak] (Northern British English)
c[a] half [haf] (Southern British English) c[o] hot [hot] (Scottish) c[o] coat [kot] (Scottish) C[u] too [tu] (General) c[a] about [ 3 raquobaUt] (General) Ilokano vocoid articulations are to be described
and classified according to four c r i t e r i a namely (1) tongue height - close half-close half-open open (2) tongue advancement - front central back (3) tenseness or laxness and (4) l i p position - spread neutral rounded
A l l Ilokano vocoids are of the oral type Therefore the position of the velum - 1 e raised for oral vocoids lowered for nasalized vocoids - is not distinctive Tenseshyness and laxness are not distinctive either - may be safeshyly ignored
29 International Phonetic Association opound c i t
pp 8-9
28
The lip-tongue positional relationship i s summed up i n the principle of normal vowel opposition or bipolarity 1 e the front vocoid series [ i e e a] and [a] of the back series are pronounced with lips spread or open and pulled back whereas i n the three other back vocoids [lgt o u] the lips are rounded in varying degrees and are pushed forward
The relationships between the features of tongue height and tongue advancement are shown as a matrix thus
Front Central
Fig 5 Vocoid Matrix
29
222 How Contolds are Described and Classified For the articulatory description of Ilokano contoids
two factors are to be considered namely (1) point of articulation and (2) manner of articulation The presence or absence of vocal band vibration characterized as voiced or voiceless (breathed) respectively iSwalso taken into account
Point of articulation refers to the place of contact or near contact of an articulator with another articulator or with a stationary part (Sec 211) The following l i n g shyu i s t i c terms are used to describe the articulatory strucshytures involved i n relation to their speech function
Linguistic Terms Structures Involved Bi l a b i a l (or labial) both lips Labio-dental lower l i p upper teeth Dental tongue tip and rim upper
teeth Alveolar tongue blade or t i p and
blade alveolar ridge or gum ridge
Retroflex tongue t i p hard palate Palatal tongue back hard palate Velar tongue back soft palate Uvular tongue back extreme back
of velum known as the uvula Glottal vocal bands
3 0
Manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n refers to the degree of obsshy
t r u c t i o n - ranging from complete closure to s l i g h t narrowshy
ing - made by the speech organs at the point of a r t i c u l a shy
t i o n In terms of manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n the Ilokano
contoids are to be c l a s s i f i e d into the following types
enumerated i n decreasing degrees of closure
Plosive
Nasal
L a t e r a l
Flap
F r i c a t i v e
Semivocoid
These contoid types are described i n d e t a i l i n Sec 3 2 2
along with the speech segments which constitute them
The r e l a t i o n s h i p between the two dimensions of
contoid a r t i c u l a t i o n can be regarded as a matrix i n which
the columns represent the point of a r t i c u l a t i o n and the
rows the manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n A pair i n g of the
voiced (v) and breathed (b) v a r i e t i e s of the contoids
appear at the point of i n t e r s e c t i o n
The contoids of Ilokano are to be charted and desshy
cribed i n terms of the matrix shown i n F i g 6
31
P i g 6 Contoid Matrix
L a b i a l Labio-
Dental
Dental amp
Alveolar
Velar G l o t t a l
Plosive
Nasal
L a t e r a l
Flap
F r i c a t i v e
Semivocoid
23 The S y l l a b l e Its Function and Structure
The s y l l a b l e a phonological unit i s the basic
framework within which the r e l a t i v e d i s t r i b u t i o n and posshy
s i b i l i t i e s of occurence of phones and phonemes can be
stated Thus Ilokano phonemes of ambivalent status such
as the semivowels w and y may be categorized as either
consonants or vowels depending upon how they pattern with
other consonants or vowels i n the s y l l a b l e Furthermore
since Ilokano has a syllable-timed rhythm a s a t i s f a c t o r y
d e s c r i p t i o n of the suprasegmental feature of stress can
be made with respect to the s y l l a b l e structure of word
forms
The s y l l a b l e Einar Haugen states i s the smallest
unit of recurrent phonemic sequences which consists of
32
an irreducible minimum which we may c a l l the nucleus and an optional remainder which we may c a l l margin Margins in turn may either precede or follow the nucleus Each of the constituents of the syllable consists of one or more phonemes with vowels usually occupying the peak the
30 consonants the margins
In this study the pre-nuclear margin and the post-nuclear margin are - adopting the terms invented by C F Hockett - referred to as onset and coda respectively
Many linguists speak of the nucleus as the peak of sonority i n the syllable and of the vowels - being more sonorous than consonants - as the syllable nuclei The main function of a vowel therefore i s syllabification and a consonant that of i n i t i a t i n g and terminating a s y l l a shyble For example the six vowels a u u i o e represent the six syllables i n the Ilokano word aggurgurlgoren qag gur gu r i go ren He has a fever now
By Hocketts classification of syllable systems Ilokano i s of the onset-peak type i n that every syllable includes both an onset and a peak l t may or may not include
32 also a coda This writer takes It that the obligatory
30 Einar Haugen The Syllable in Linguistic Descripshy
tion i n Morris Halle and others (eds) For Roman Jakobson Essays The Hague Mouton amp Co 1955raquo PP 216-21
51 Charles F Hockett op c i t p 85
32 Ibid p 9 9
33
onset includes the glottal stop q because although
printwise a syllable begins with an orthographic symbol
representing a vowel e g a in ala get phonetically
ing the articulation of the vocoid - i e [qa] This
prevocalic glottal obstruction can be perceived by slightshy
ly pressing the fingers on the Adams apple while a r t i shy
culating i e a o u thus [qi ] [qe] [qa] [qo] [qu]
To Haugen and Hockett the coda is optional The
writer however believes that for Ilokano i t is only the
syllables in i n i t i a l and medial positions which may or may
not Include also a coda in final position the syllable
ending with an orthographic symbol representing a vowel
sound e g - la in ala is closed by a glottal stop She
postulates a post-vocalic-glottal-stop coda in such final
syllables since this is clearly perceptible in ala [qa
lotqjt and comes out equally clearly when a suffix is added
e g in alaen [qa la qen] to get Other examples wi l l
further illustrate the concept of the glottal-stop onset
and coda thus
there is a glottal obstruction (symbolized by [q]) preced-
al-o qal qoq pestle
tal-o t a l q 6 q bull l i f t
alto qfil toq bullalto
agaltoak qa gal t6 qak I l l sing alto
agaltoka qa gal td kaq Youll sing alto
34
Although the glottal stop q is not reflected in
the conventional orthography i t is structurally relevant
to the Ilokano syllable system and wi l l be so indicated in
this study
Ilokano exhibits the following syllable structures
cv ubing gu bin bullchild
CVG nganga na njiq open mouth1
CCV blusa b M saq blouse
GGVG trenta trSn taq thirty
CVCC komiks kd miks comics
cV waya wa yfiq bullspare time
CcV lualo lwfi loq bullprayer
cVC wang-it w^n q i t bullhead shake
CVv nguy-a nuv qfiq bullagony
cVv duyaw du ypoundw yellowbull
CcVv ruay rway bullabundance
CCcV empleado qem plya doq bullemployee
CCcVC nasaprian na sap pryfin bullrain-sprihkled
In summary the syllablestructures (SS) of Ilokano
can be briefly described using the following rules
Onset Nucleus Coda
SS Rule 1 S ^ (C)(C)C V
SS Rule 2 S raquo SS Rule 3 Sdnlt) raquo
(c)(c)c
(c)c
c
V
V
(c)(c)
c(c)
35
Consonant
Vowel 33
S emi c ons onant
Semivowel
Syllable in i n i t i a l or
medial position
Syllable in final position
Syllable with a diphthong
in Ini t ia l medial or
final position
24- Transcription Signs and Symbols
The phonetic and phonemic transcriptions in this
thesis make use of the conventional symbols of the Intershy
national Phonetic Association with some additions used by 34
many British and American phoneticians today It wi l l be
noted however that some of the signs and symbols have been
modified to suit the grammar of the Ilokano dialect under
study as well as for typographical convenience Thus the
33 Por the phonemic interpretations of w and y
as c or v see Sec 42511 of this thesis 3
International Phonetic Association opound c i t pp 7-14 A C Gimson An Introduction to the Pronunciashytion of English London Edward Arnold (Publishers) Ltd 1962 ppi vi i- ixx James Carrell and William R Tiffany Phonetics Theory and Application to Speech Improvement New York McGraw-Hill I960 p xv i i
Where C =
V =
c =
V =
3IV
36
symbols C e]raquo Ca] and Cdeg]raquo which have the q u a l i t i e s of lt3Cpoundbullbull] cpoundamp] and C [ D T | respectively are used i n t h i s study since
i n Ilokano there i s no contrast Involved either phoneticalshy
l y or phonemically between C e ] and Camp] between Ca] and C1reg]
and between Co] and C 3]laquo T n e symbols C l ] and Cu] stand f o r
C i ] and [v]raquo respectively
Segmental Symbols
Symbol Example
C i ] ima C qimaq] hand
Ci ] b l t b i t C b l t b i t ] load
Ce] verde Cverdeq] green
Ca] petpet [ p 8 t p a t ] grasp
Ca] bado [ba doq] dress
Ca] bato [batoq] stone
Co] bo l a Cbolaq] bull b a l l
Cu] buok [bU laquoqok] hair
Cu] ulo Cqu loq] head
CP ] Papag Cpa pog] bamboo bench
Ct] tatang [tatan] father
M kuko CkUlaquokoq] f i n g e r n a i l
Cb] babal [babaqlq] g i r l
Cd] dagidl Cdagldiq] those 1
Cs] gaget Cgaget] diligence 1
Cm] mameg [mameg] oppression
37
Cn] nanang C na nan] mother
ngangaw Cnanau] palate
a l - a l C^alqal] bullpanting
Cf] f i n o [finoq] bullfine
Cv] votos Cvotos] votes
[ s ] saludsod [salUdsod] bullquestion
Ch] husto [hHslaquotoq] bullright
Cfi] kolehlo CkoleGyoqf) college
C i ] l a l a k i [ l a l a k l q ] boy
Cr] r l r o Criroq] confusion
Cw] mi C wal] bullrattanbull
Cy] yuyem C yuyem] bullcloudy Suprasegmental and Other Modifying Signs and Symbols
Symbol Description Example C0 Phonetic stress (before the daydlay Cdqldyal] that
stressed syllable) V Phonemic stress (above the day dyfiy
vowel of the stressed syllable)
C] Palatalization (above the contoid) [daldyal]
C O Length the sound represented l n l t [qlnlt] sun by the preceding letter is ut-ot [qUtqot] pain long dakkel Cdakkel] laquobiglaquo
Note Consonant length is realized as gemination
38
Lgt] [3] [2] [1]
143
C 3
CD
Very hi g h p i t c h l e v e l High p i t c h l e v e l Normal p i t c h l e v e l Low p i t c h l e v e l L e v e l i n t o n a t i o n and
short pause F a l l i n g i n t o n a t i o n and
long pause R i s i n g I n t o n a t i o n and
long pause R i s i n g - f a l l i n g i n t o n a t i o n
and long pause F a l l i n g - r i s i n g i n t o n a t i o n
and long pause Brackets t o enclose e t i c
t r a n s c r i p t i o n s Slashes to enclose emic
t r a n s c r i p t i o n s S i n g l e dot to mark s y l l a b l e
boundary i n e t i c t r a n s shyc r i p t i o n s replaced by a l e t t e r space i n emic trans-c r i p t i o n s
Crossed bars to enclose morphemes
Nakapinpintas j
L^noka i n 3 p l n 2 t a s ] I t s very b e a u t i f u l Ngem [nemj] But
Napintas [ 2 n a pinHas^ J
I t s b e a u t i f u l Napintas [ 2 n a p l n ^ t a s ^ ] I t s b e a u t i f u l Ay wen [^qal 2weApound]
bullOh yes (Sure i t i s ) Agpayso [ 2 q a g p a l 1 soq J] Is l t true ( o r )
l u t o [lu toq] cook 1H t o q
luto + -ek bullcook Iraquo
39
lutoek [lUtoqek]
cook i t I
pen pen gt [pem pen] stack
lutoekltluto + -ek
n gt [m]
C _ ]
Asterisked barred slashes
to enclose hypothetical
word forms
^ becomes
^ comes from
-mdash^ is rewritten as or
is represented by
in the context (or environment)
^ j Braces to enclose a set
Choose only the item(s) that
apply each time
( ) Parentheses items enclosed
are optional
[] the rest of the items in
the syllable -unit
ltfgt native Ilokano word form
loan word form regkafe [kafeq] coffee
25 Phonetic Data
This section Includes a corpus of utterances occurlng
in Ilokano from which a l l the recurring speech sounds may
be picked out and specified and on which statements about
the distributional relationships among the features of the
sounds are based The corpus as a sample of the language -
more specifically of the Ilokano dialect in question - is
admittedly restricted i e i t is not exhaustive enough
to i n c l u d e a l l p o s s i b l e d i s t r i b u t i o n a l d e t a i l s of each speech sound This l i m i t a t i o n however i s not reason enough to consider the subsequent g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s i n v a l i d The gaps i n the corpus w i l l be f i l l e d i n by the copious examples i n t e r s p e r s e d i n the d i s c u s s i o n s Moreover the g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s are to be taken to apply to the d i a l e c t as a whole and not to the corpus alone
35 T i Amlan ken t i I n l t
Agsinsinnungbat t i amian ken t i i n i t no a n i a kada-kwada nga dua t i napigpigsa i d l husto nga sumungad t i maysa nga viahero nga adda naimeng nga kagay na nga k a s l a kapa t i reyna Nagtulag da nga no a n i a kadakwada t i a g b a l l i g i nga mangpauksob i t i v i ahero i t i kagay na i s u t i makuna nga napigshyp i g s a Saan a nabayag nagpug-ay t i amian i t i nakapigpigsa ket uray l a nga naguy-oy t i d i l a na Ngem no kasano t i pigsa t i panagpug-ay na ad-adda pay nga inkayetket a firme t i v i a shyhero t i kagay na i t i bagi na ket kamaudiianan na saan nan nga i n t u l o y t i nagpug-ay Nagtalna ket n a g p a l i i w Mapauksob ngata t i i n i t daydiay v i a h e r o sinaludsod na i t i bagi nar I d i kuan limgak t i i n i t Nadagaang t i aldaw ket dagus a naguksob t i v i a h e r o Anansa ngarud i n k a p i l i t a n nga inannugot t i amian nga napigpigsa t i i n l t ngem i t i i s u
35 An Ilokano t r a n s l a t i o n of The Northwind and the Sun
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Phonetic A s s o c i a t i o n pjgt c i t p 20 I t has been con s i d e r a b l y modified and augmented t o i n c l u d e a l l the speech sounds occuring i n the Ilokano d i a l e c t
41
1 2 1 it c j a m m y a n k s n t i c j U h i t
The Northwind and the Sun
qagsmsinnurjbat il a a m m y a n ken h c j i m t j
Arguing the northwind and the sun
no c jar tnya k a c l a k w a d a r j a d w a t i n a p i c j p i g s amp c j |
i f which of them two the stronger
c j jd i h v s rocj rja amp v m a r j a d t i m ax s a rja vyahe^ocjj
when j u s t then approach the one t r a v e l e r
rja c j a d d a nacji rne-Q QO- k a g a i naqj rja k a s a k a p a t i
viho had warm cloak h i s that i s l i k e cape of
V e g n a c j ^ nacjfcujlag dacj | rja no aan nya k a d a k w a det |
queen Agreed they t h a t i f which of them
2 1 i t i ( jagbal l r g ic j rja m a r j p a q u k s o b a i h v y a f i e i r o ^ a i f c i
the s u c c e s s f u l to make undress the t r a v e l e r the
k a g a i nscj J c j i s u ki m a w n e q rja napxqpicj sacj 1 s a q a n
cloak h i s he the s a i d s t r o n g e r Not
t i 1 Z 1 l 4 5 X
a a n a b a y a q l n a c j p v g c j a i t i c j a m m y a n q i t i nakapigpig sacj long time blew the northwind very strong
2 1 Z I 1
i 2
nacj j rjemj no Ka sa n
and u n t i l dangle the tongue h i s But i f hovj^ver
ket quraila- na n a j u i c j o i hdila nacj J rjemj no kasaVio
il pxgsac| t i pctnagpugcjainaqj c adcjad da pax rja the s t r e n g t h the blowing h i s a l l the more th a t
q z r j k a y s t U d t Cja f i r m copy t i vyaPie 1 r o c j j t x k a c j a i na cji
huddled up f i r m l y the t r a v e l e r the cloak h i s t
j 1 2 2 bagi- na| kcopyt kamacj-uddya- n a n n a q | sacjanVjan r j a
body h i s and f i n a l l y not anymore he
i 2 1 A 1 i 2 qxrVtuloi t i nagpugqai^ ^agtalnacj kcopyt nacjpctli- continued the blowing Kept s t i l l and observed
7 2 3 - mapacjuksob U cjini-t dcudyax zyaReroq| Gan make undress probably the sun that t r a v e l e r
1 2 1 1 Z 2 ainalvjclsod n a ejitx bagi rdcj cjidikwQ-nl linVgak asked he to s e l f h i s Then shone out
1 2 1 bull ti ejirnl| nadacjacjarj i cjaldev| kstdU VS rja the sun Warm the day and Immediately
1 2 naqj|c5ob ti vyafierltac| cjanansa t-jaVcucl | undressed the t r a v e l e r Therefore
i ( 2 1 2 1 2 c^irjkapilivlan laquo]a cjmannugoi ti cjarnmyanl o b l i g e d admitted the northwind
1 Z i 1 1
that stronger the sun than he
Chapter 3 THE SOUNDS OP SPEECH A PHONETIC ANALYSIS
Speech i t must be re-emphasized is a continuum
of different articulations produced by the vocal organs
the division of this continuum into discrete segments and
suprasegments is an abstraction an ar t i f i c ia l process
nevertheless a sine qua non in linguistics As Nadel
aptly puts i t If scientific insight is insight into the
order of things observation must be directed towards breakshy
ing up the continuum of data into units - units which can be
manipulated or ordered in a fashion more systematic than the
ambiguous and fortuitous ordering inherent in naive observa-36
tion It i s however only the record of the speech event
that can be segmented and manipulated
This chapter is concerned with a detailed phonetic
description of the raw materials of speech - the different
segmental sounds and suprasegmental features - extracted
from the corpus of utterances recorded in Sectiohxi25 of this
thesis
The phonemization procedures in the next chapter wi l l
reveal that not a l l of the etic units enumerated and described
here wi l l ultimately prove to be separate emic units of the
dialect
36 F S Nadel The Foundations of Social Anthropology
London Cohen and West Ltd 1951 P 75
44
Fig 1 9 A Chart of Ilokano Contolds
L a b i a l Labio-
Dental
Dental amp
Alveolar
Velar G l o t t a l
Plosive M M
Ct] Ca]
M Cs]
[q]
Nasal M Cn]
L a t e r a l Ci]
Flap Cr]
F r i c a t i v e Cf] Cv]
Cs] Ch]
Ch]
Semivocoid 1 [w] Cy]
3raquo12 The Suprasegmental Features
Length C q 1 n I t ] sun
C qccm myan] northwind
Stress CdagUs] immediately 1
pound sUmunad] toapproach
Cnaplgplgsaq] stronger
46
Pitch
Intonation
r 1 2 2 1 j _ [ q l d l laquokwan 11mgak t i laquoqinltj j
Then the sun shone out r2 1
amp Juncture ymapaqUksob nata t i q i n i t daldyal
vyane roqp ] Can the sun make the travel e r take o f f his cloak
32 THE SEGMENTS IN DETAIL
321 Vocoids
A l l the vocoids of Ilokano l i k e those of French are
pure and simple I e they do not have the diphthongal
q u a l i t y of the English vocoids The following are examples
compared i n terms of C[i3
Ilokano b l i t [ b l q i t ] for a moment
French v l t e [ v i t ] fast
English beat [ b i y t ] (Standard English)
Vocoid length and stress are i n t e r r e l a t e d The
strength of pronunciation modifies the quantity of [ieaou]
In f a c t some l i n g u i s t s use the term strength as a portmanshy
teau form of stress plus length Considering the stress-length
co-occurence at least i n non-final s y l l a b l e s i n Ilokano the
length symbol [] c a n D e s a f e l y l e f t out i n the examples f o l shy
lowing each vocoid d e s c r i p t i o n
The treatment of each Ilokano vocoid includes an a r t i shy
culatory description and an assessment of q u a l i t y i n terms of
the Cardinal Vowel Scale and examples of d i s t r i b u t i o n a l f e a t shy
ures i n utterance and s y l l a b l e
4-7
3211 The Front Vocoids [ i I e a]
32111 [ i ]
[ i ] is the closest of the Ilokano front vocoids
It is articulated with the front of the tongue slightly-
backed and raised to a height just below the close front
position of c[i] the teeth nearly in occlusion and with
the lips spread and drawn back This speech sound may be
classified as a close front tense rounded vocoid
The Ilokano pound i ] occurs only in stressed syllables 37
in a l l positions [ i ] in i n i t i a l syllable
bllang^ [bullbilon] bullnumber
dl la [dilaqj tongue
gita [gitaqQ C venom
ini t [ qinlt] sun
kilo [bullkiloq] bullkilogram
lipay [bulll i pal] a leguminous vine
mikl [mlklq] noodle
nlpa Cnipaq] bulla species of palm
ngina [ninaq] price value
pilaw CpilaU] blemish
rimas [rlmas] bullbreadfruit
slka [bullsikaq] dysentery
tlbung [tibUn] bullvibration
37 A l l positions means in i t ia l ly medially and finally
in the utterances The examples are arranged according to the indicated
amp8
[ i ] in medial syllable ibingay [qlbinal] to share with ad iff [qadiglq] bullpost sagiden [saglden] to touch ahitan [qanitan] to shave pit-ingan [pltqinan] to chip o f f akikid [qakikld] narrow1
u i i l a [qUlilaq] orphan kamiring [kamirln] bullnettle rash manipud [manipUd] start from napintas [napintas] beautiful barikes [barikes] belt girdle kusilap [kUsilap] poutraquo batibat [batibat] nightmare kawitan [kaVitan] rooster
] in f i n a l syllable ubing [qUbin] child diding [dldin] bullwall rugl [rUgiq] beginning s u i l [sUqil] pry or lever bakl [bakiq] chicken coop nagalis [nagalis] slippery
position of occurrence of the sound in the utterance e g i f the sound in question is Indicated as occurring in uttershyance f i n a l the utterances are enumerated according to the alphabetical order of their f i n a l syllables
49
ikumit [qlkUraquomit] to entrust
dandani [dandaniq] almost
kupin [kUraquopin] bullfold
tagari [tagarlq] bulltalk p r a t t l e
pus i t [pUlaquosit] bullsquid
pating [patln] whale
awit [qawit] bullload
32112 [ I ] The close front semi-tense vocoid [ i ]
duced with the tongue t i p nearer to center than to front
and raised just above the h a l f - c l o s e p o s i t i o n of c[e] l i p
and tongue muscles are r e l a t i v e l y lax compared with the tenshy
sion f o r [ i ]
[ i ] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s i n a l l positions
[ i ] i n I n i t i a l s y l l a b l e
blgat [blgat] morning1
d i l d i L a n [ d l l d i l o n ] bullto l i c k lap
g i t a [ g l taq] o i l y taste of nuts
i t e d [ q l t e d ] bullgive
k i k l t [ k l k i t ] ear f i n g e r
l i b a s [ l l b a s ] bulla species of flowering vine
mi l a t [mllaquolat] bullgrime
pilaw [pilaquolaU] bullpool of stagnant water
rikep [ r i k e p ] bullshutter
slk a [sikaq] you
t i r i t i r [ t l r i t l r ] twist wring
wlngiwing [winiwln] bullto shake the head i n dissent
50
[ i ] i n medial syllable rabii [rablraquoqiq] bullnight agadiwara [qagadlraquowa raq] diffuse fragrance rugitan [rUgltan] to s o i l nakiro [naklroq] bulldisorderly confusing aglibak [qag H bak] bullto refrain from divulging maminsan [mamlnsan] oncebull aniniwan [qanlniwan i] shadow bull kanginaan [kanlnaqan] the most expensive kupinen [kUplnen] to fold karison [karlson] bullcart pulled by an ox kasinsin [kasinsin] bullcousin kutingi [kUtllaquoniq] the smallest of a l i t t e r siwlwidawld [slwlwlda wld] empty-handed
[] i n f i n a l syllable tagibi [tagiblq] foster child padl [bullpadlq] bullpriest aggidigid [qaggldigld] to rub against a post s u l l [suqll] a kind of hoe lalak i [lalaklq] bullboy man sabali [saballq] bullanother1
amin [qamln] a l l agani [qaganlq] harvester angin [qanln] bullwind
51
p a l p i t [ p a raquo q i p l t ] c a r p e n t e r s v i s e
s a r i r i t [ s a v r l r l t ] s a g a c i t y
n a k u s i m [ n a bull k u s l m ] bull f a s t i d i o u s i n f o o d
k a m a t i s [ k a bull m a t l s ] t o m a t o
k a w i w i t [ k a w i w l t ] t o c l a s p w i t h t h e l e g s
32113 [ e ]
A r t i c u l a t i o n o f t h e I l o k a n o v o c o i d [ e ] c a l l s f o r a
t o n g u e p o s i t i o n l o w e r a n d m o r e c e n t e r e d t h a n t h a t f o r c[e]lt
a n d j u s t a b o v e t h e t o n g u e h e i g h t f o r c[pound] T h e t o n g u e i s
humped t o w a r d t h e f r o n t o f t h e mouth t h e jaw o p e n w i d e r
t h a n t h a t f o r cCe] a n d t h e l i p s s p r e a d a n d o n l y s l i g h t l y
r e t r a c t e d T h i s h a l f - o p e n f r o n t s p r e a d t e n s e v o c o i d
o c c u r s i n b o t h s t r e s s e d a n d u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s i n a l l
p o s i t i o n s
Ce] i n s t r e s s e d i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e
copy B e l o C b e l o q J bull s h o r t f o r I s a b e l o
f e c h a [ f e t t y a q ] d a t e bull
copy g e r r a C g e r r a q ] bull w a r
copy h e f e C raquo h e f e q ] bull c h i e f 1
k e n C k e n ] bull a n d 1
copy k e n d i C k e n d l q ] bull c a n d y
copy L e a h C bull l e q a q ] a g i r l s name
m e t C me t ] bull a l s o
copy m e d i a s C m e d y a s ] bull s t o c k i n g s
52
regNena [ nenaq] a g ir l s name
copypecho [pettyoq] chicken breast
copyreses [reses] bullrecess
copyselyo [sellyoq] stamp seal
copyte la Ctelaq] bullfabric
copyverde [verdeq] bullgreen
wenno [wennoq] or
copyyerro [yerroq] galvanized iron roofing
[e] in stressed medial syllable
kobeta [kobetaq] toilet
[kandelaq] candle
[fal igeraq] a family name
[qcu nenteq]
copykandela
copyFalguera
copyahente
copybangkete
copy b l s l k l e t a
copyAmerica
copychlnelas
copysupero
copysirena
copykasera
copykafetera
copyS evero
bullagent
[barjketeq] banquet
[blslkkletaq] bicycle
[qamerlkaq] America
[tyl ne las ] s Uppers
[sUperoq] soup bowl
[slrenaq] sirenf nymph1
[kas er aq] landlord tenant
[kafeteraq] coffee pot
[severoq] a boys name
[e] in stressed final syllable
rebbeng [rebben] responsibility
baddek [badraquodek] step tread
53
raem [ra bullqem] bullrespect
kaf e [ka bullfeq] bullcoffee
agek [ltla bullgek] kiss
copykahel [ka bullfiel] bulla variety of oranges
baket [ba bullket] bullold woman1
ules [ltlU bullles] blanket
simek [ s i bullmek] bullutterance conversation
buneng [bU bullbolo
tengnged [ten laquoned] bullneck
reppet [rep bullpet] bullbundle
gargaret [gar garet] belongings 1
pisel [p l rsel] bullpressure (hand)
art em [qar tern] pickle
tawen [ta wen] bullyear age
kuyemyem [kUyemyem] 1 cloudy1
[e] in unstressed i n i t i a l syllable
bengngat
derraas
emma
ftetteng
kebba
leppas
melmel
nengneng
ngernger
[ben bullnat] bullaccent i n speaking [ d e r bullraqas] p r e c i p i c e 1
[qem bullmaq] bullmeekness [ g e t bullten] bull s c i s s o r s [keb baq] bullbreathlessnessbull [ l e p bullpas] completion [mel bullmel] bullmouthful 1
[neij s t u p i d [ n e r bullHer] bull s n a r l growl
54
peggad [peggad] danger rebba [rebbaq] bullwreckage
seldan [ s e l d a n ] bulllarge water j a r tengnga [ t e n jaq] bullmiddle center wenno [wen noq] or
[yegyeg] tremble
[ e ] i n unstressed medial s y l l a b l e nabenfebeng [notben berj] t h i c k close-woven i
agdeppa [qccgdep paq] to extend the arms s l d e w i s e 1
paggelgelan [pag^gelgeIan] starch s t r a i n e r kagkadked [qagkedked] to r e s i s t payment i s a l e k s e k [ q l s a l e k s e k ] to s t u f f dumenden [dUmenden] to move to a g i v e n po i n t paheknek [paneknek] proof 1
dengngepen [deijije pen] to apply hot compress agpessa [qagpessaq] to h a t c h 1
iremrem [qlremrem] to submerge salensenan [sdlensenan] to overburdendn 1
agteddak [qagteddak] to burst abscesses ayek-ek [qayekqek] audible l a u g h t e r
[ e ] i n unstressed f i n a l s y l l a b l e plnakbet [ p i Aiakbet] a k i n d of vegetable r e c i p e 1
sardeng [ bullsardeij] stop laeng [laqeri] only
55
copyCleofe [klyofeq] a g i r l s name copyasoge [qasogeq] bullmercury copyehe [qeneq] axle b a r i k e s [ b a r i k e s ] b e l t u l e g [quleg] raquosnake timek [timek] voice
copysine [sineq] movie cinema anges [qanes] bullbreathbull ipes [qipes] cockroach bareng [baren] bull i f perhaps awisen [qabullwisen] to i n v i t e
copybote [boteq] b o t t l e copylyave [bulllyaveq] key wrench agaweng [qagawen] to r i n g t o resound
copykalye [ k a l l y e q ] s t r e e t
32114 [ a ]
The Ilokano [ a ] the openest of the f r o n t vocoids i s s l i g h t l y centered I t i s a r t i c u l a t e d w i t h jaws and l i p s wideshyl y open and w i t h no part of the tongue coming i n contact w i t h the upper molars
This open f r o n t l a x v o c o i d occurs i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e i n a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ a ] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e agum [qagttm] greed covetousness banga [baiiaq] earthen pot
56
daniw [daniu] lyric poem
galip [ gallp] slice
kayo [laquokayoq] bulltree
langka [ larjkaq] laquojackfrui t
mangga [marjgaq] mango
nanam [nanam] bulltaste
ngalug [nalUg] bullpurslane (Portulaca
payong [laquopa yog] umbrella
ramay [ramal] finger
sangi [sanlq] molar tooth
tabo [ta boq] a kind of dipper
vale [valeq] bullcredit coupon
was ay [bullwasal] axe
yaman [yakan] thanks
i] in medial syllable
naata [not qataq] unripe
abaga [qabagaq] shoulders
ladawan [lavdawan] picture
sagaba [sagaibaq] bullsufferingsbull
akaba [qakabaq] wide broad
balayang [ba^la^yan] bulla variety of banana
kamakam [kamakam] overtake
kanawa [kanawaq] defense
sungani [sUnanlq] contrary oppos ite
lapayag [lapayog] bullear
57
arasaw [qa ralsaU] bullrice washing lansangan [lan sanan] street kawayan [kawayan] bamboo 1
bayabas [bayabas] guava
a] i n f i n a l syllable tay-ak [talqak] meadow saba [sabaq] banana adda [qaddaq] bullthere i s there are daga [dagaq] bullearth land saka [s alaquokaq] bullto redeem mortgaged property galad [galad] rank a b i l i t y 1
raman [raman] taste flavor baknang [bak narj] wealth a wealthy person sanga [s anaq] branch tinapa [tlnapaq] smoked f i s h nadaras [nadaras] quick rasa [r asaq] bulllarge edible crab mata [mataq] eye lawag [lawag] light laya [layaq] ginger
3212 The Central Vocoids [copy a] 32121 [ 9 ] The Ilokano [d]raquo a central lax vocoid is articulated
with neutral l i p and tongue positions i e the tongue with
58
i t s r i m i n c l o s e contact w i t h the upper molars i s midway between the height f o r c[S] and c[e] I n the phonetic conshyt e x t of the v e l a r c o n t o i d s [ k g r p however the tongue may be s l i g h t l y more r a i s e d and r e t r a c t e d e g the medial and f i n a l s y l l a b l e s of gettengek [gcopyttanak3 I cut i t G e n e r a l l y the Ilokano schwa [copy] i s produced w i t h the l e a s t e f f o r t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of any of the vocoids Although there are some Ilokano speakers who pronounce i t w i t h r e l a shyt i v e tenseness
The v o c o i d s u b s t i t u t e s f r e e l y f o r [ e ] i n a l l p o s i t i o n s only i n n a t i v e Ilokano word forms never i n loan
38 words
32122 [ a]
This normally short v o c o i d i s a r t i c u l a t e d w i t h l i p s and jaws more open than t h a t f o r and more clo s e than that f o r [ a ] A s h i f t from [ a ] t o [ a ] brings the rim of the tongue i n near contact w i t h the upper molars [ a ] may be c l a s s i f i e d as a half-open l a x c e n t r a l v o c o i d
I n Ilokano [ a ] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s i n a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ a ] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e a l - a l [ q a l q a l ] laborious b r e a t h i n g 1
babawi [babawlqj repentance 1
38 Examples of lo a n words are marked i n Sec 3113
of t h i s t h e s i s ~
59
dalayap [dalayap] lemonbull
gandat [gandat] intention
kalapaw [kalapaU] bulla hovel
lastiko [lastl koq] rubber band
mamati [mamatlq] to believe
nalaka [nalakaq] cheap easy
nganngani [ijan nanlq] almostbull
papaya [papayaq] papaya
rangkap [ragkap] donation
sardam [sardam] evening
tayab [tayab] flight
wagwag [wagwag] bulla variety of r ice
yantangay [yantagal] whereas
t] in medial syllable
aalunusen [qaqalUnu sen] can be eaten
ababa [qababaq] short
adayo [qadayoq] bullfar distant
agama [qagamaq] father and child
dakami [dakamiq] weraquo
kulalanti [ k U l a l a n raquo t i q ] f irefly
manmano [manmanoq] few
panateng [panaterj] cold catarrh
sangapulo [sanapuloq] ten
sapata [sapataq] oath
karatay [karatal] knapsack
60
pasaray [ p a s a r a l ] sometimes
n a t a l n a [ n e t t a l naq] p e a c e f u l
wayawaya [wayawayaq] freedom l i b e r t y
[ a ] i n f i n a l s y l l a b l e
baak [ ba qak] aged
b a r i b a r [ b a bull r i b a r ] bullcrosswise
dadag [ da dag] bull r i p e n i n g pods of legumes
a d e l f a [ltla bull d e l f a q ] a f l o w e r i n g shrub
sagad [sa gad] broom
raha [ ra naq] bulla Moro c h i e f t a i n
saka [sa kaq] bull f o o t
d a l a n [da lan] road way
apaman [ q a pa man] bullas soon a s
ganat [ ga nat] hurry
gangat [ga bullnat] k i n d l e
kapas [laquoka bullpas] cotton
nabara [ n a haraq] red-hotbull
agbasa [qag basaq] bullto r e a d
katawa [ k a 1 tawaq] l a u g h t e r
kawayan [ k a 1 wayan] bullbamboo
3213 The Back V o c o i d s [u- U o]
32131 [ u ]
The Ilokano [ u ] i s a c l o s e back tense rounded
v o c o i d I n i t s a r t i c u l a t i o n the l i p s a r e almost puckered
61
t h e jaws a r e p a r t e d about t h e same degree as f o r [ i ] and
t h e tongue i s r a i s e d as c l o s e as p o s s i b l e t o t h e p a l a t e
w i t h o u t p r o d u c i n g f r i c t i o n The q u a l i t y I s t h a t o f c [ u ]
The I l o k a n o [ u ] o c c u r s i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s i n a l l
p o s i t i o n s
[ u ] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e
b u l o c bullbuloq] bulla v a r i e t y o f bamboo 1
d u l a n g c dulozj] bulla low t a b l e 1
guyod [ bullguyod] laquopulllaquo
k u d i l [ k u d l l ] bull s k i n
l u g a n c bull l u g a n ] r i d e v e h i c l e 1
muging c muglrj] f o r e h e a d
nupay c bullnupal] bull a l t h o u g h
pukaw [ bullpukaU] l o s s
r u p a [ bullrupaq] f a c e
s u k a t [ bull s u k a t ] measurementbull
t u r o g c bull t u r o g ] s l e e p
umok [ bullqumok] n e s t
yuyem [ bullyuyem] o v e r c a s t ( w e a t h e r )
[u] i n m e d i a l s y l l a b l e abungot [ q a b u n o t ]
baduya
dagudug
agkurang
k u l u k o l
[baduyaq]
[dUgudUg]
[ q a g k u r a t j ]
[ k U l u k o l ]
a head wear
banana o r r i c e f r i t t e r s
n o r t h e a s t w i n d
insufficientlaquo
au g e r
62
maldumuaum pantmot anguyob malapunos murumor asukar patupat
i n a u d l ayuyang
[ u ] i n f i n a l abut adu gugut p a r l k u t salup
mamutmut danum bang us putput ngarud i s u sag-ut yubyub
[maql dUmudUm] to f a l l prone [pabullnunot] thought [ltla naiyob] blowpipe [malapunos]to be floo d e d [mUrumor] seedling [qasukar] sugar [patupat] r i c e pudding wrapped
i n p l a i t e d palm l e a v e s [qlnaqudlq] younger s i b l i n g [qaytiyan] r e s o r t
s y l l a b l e [qabut] [qa fduq] [gUgut] [ p a r l k u t ] [ s a l u p ]
[mamUt mut] [danum] [banus] [putput] [naraquorud] [ q l s u q ] [sagqUt] [yUblaquoyub]
hole bullmany bullgum (of the t e e t h ) bull bullproblem d i f f i c u l t y bulla measure of c a p a c i t y equal t o three l i t e r s bull bullcomprehend thoroughly 1
bullwater m i l k f i s h
sound of horns ( c a r s ) therefore he she i t 1
cotton yarn sound of c o n f l a g r a t i o n
63
32132 [u]
For Ilokano [u] the tongue i s relaxed from the close
p o s i t i o n of [u] and i s advanced from true back There i s no
fir m contact made between the tongue and the upper molars
The l i p s are loosely rounded The rel a t i o n s h i p of [u] with
[u] i s s i m i l a r to that between [ i ] and [ i ] [u] has the
qu a l i t y of a relaxed lowered and centralized c[u] I t may
be c l a s s i f i e d as a close back semi-tense rounded vocoid
The Ilokano [u] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s i n a l l
p o s itions
[u] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e
buok [bU bullqok] hair
dukot [dU kot] anxiety
gubal Lsu raquobal] bullcoarseness
husto [hUs bulltoq] right correct
kulot [kU bulllot] curly ( h a i r )
[lUp laquopoq] thigh
mulumog [mU bulllumog] bullgargle
nutnot [nUt bullbullnot] thumbsucking
ngurungor Cgu bullrunor] cutthroat
pungdol [pun tot] stump of a tree
rurod [rU bullrod] anger resentment
suliso g [sU bulllisog] bulltemptation
tuwato [tu bullwatoq] dragonfly
yubuyob [yu bullbuyob] sound of the bellows
64
[ll] i n medial syllable tlmbukel [tlmbUraquokel] round sldunget [sIdUraquonet] serious looks gunguna [gUrjgUnaq] reward gain llkudan [llkUdan] to turn ones back to lulunan [lUlUnan]
tamudo klnuna bungunen allpuffpog sumaruno blsukol batulang
the soft part of a childs cranium index finger said j
to wrap up [qa11pUgpog] whirlwind [sUmarUnoq] follow [blsUkol] a kind of mollusk bull[batU la^] a large cage for enclos-
[tamUdoq] [klnUlaquonaq] [bUnUnen]
Ing chicken bayungubong [bayUnuborj] diarrhea
[u] i n f i n a l syllable libut ClibUt] bullprocession agpidut [qagpidUt] to pick up umigup [qUmlgUp] bullibo sip irakus [qlrakUs] to t i e to a tree or post alus [qaaus] second hand (garment) imut [ qlmUt] avaricious stingy inut [qlnUt] laquoa l i t t l e at a time pingud [pinUd] one-eared
65
ipus [bullqipUs] laquotailraquo
agparut [qagparUt] to uproot
sumusup [sUmusUp] to suck to i p u f f at a cigar
gutung [ gutUrj] hidden rocks stonesbull
laud [laqUd] west
aguvus [qaguyUs] bullto doff ones s h i r t
32133 [o]
The Ilokano [o] i s a r t i c u l a t e d with the back of the
tongue raised between the half-open and half-c l o s e positions
with no contact being made between the tongue and the upper
molars I t has medium l i p rounding Its q u a l i t y i s that of
a raised C[0] This speech sound may be described as a h a l f -
open back semi-lax rounded vocoid
In Ilokano the vocoid [o] (1) varies f r e e l y with [u]
except i n loan word forms (2) normally occurs i n stressed
f i n a l s y l l a b l e s and (3) occurs also i n unstressed f i n a l
s y l l a b l e s
[o] i n stressed i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e
copybo l a [bullbolccq] b a l l
copydose [doseq] twelve
copygoma [gomaq] rubber 1
copykola Ckolaq] bullpaste glue
copylola [lolaq] grandmother
copyMoro [moroq] Moor Mohammedan
66
no [noq] i f i n case that copyoras [qoras] 1time hour copyposo [posoq] bullartesian well copyrosas [rosas] bullpink copysolo [soloq] bullalone1
tono [tonoq] tune1
votos [ votos] 1votes 1
yoyo [ yoyyoci] yoyo
[o] i n stressed medial syllable copymabolo [maboloq] a species of fr u i t t copyadobo [qadoboq] pickled pork copyAlfonso [qalfonsoq] a boys name copypagoda [pagodaq] a Chinese edifice copymakopa [makopaq] bulla kind of f r u i t copyDolores [dolores] a g i r l s name copykamote [kamoteq] sweet potato copyanonas [qanonas] custard apple copylaoya [laqoyaq] stew copykapote [kapoteq] raincoat copyparokia [parokyaq] parish copyTesoro [tesoroq] a family name copypastores [pastores] shepherd copychayote [tyayoteq] a kind of vegetable
67-
[ o ] i n s t r e s s e d f i n a l s y l l a b l e sabot [ s a bullbot] kubbb [kUb boq] angdod [qarj laquodod] sumakdo [sUmakdoq] g u l g o l [ g U l g o l ] sago [ s a bullgoq] taho [ t a raquohoq] sukog [sU raquokog] l i t t u k o [ l i t tUkoq] 3kolor [ko bull l o r ] t a l l o [ t a l f l o q ] isakmol [ q l s 3akmoi] ammo [qam moq] manok [ma nok] kasano [kapound sanoq] ngongoy [no bullnol] dungngo [dug laquonoq] sab-ong [sab laquoqog] rag-o [ r a g bull qoq] tumapog [tUmapog] dapo [da Poq] pur ok [pU bullrok] 1 d i r o [ d l roq]
bullcoconut s h e l l bullhumpbacked stench o f f e n s i v e odor bullto draw water shampoo arrowroot ginger a l e mold shape bull r a t t a n f r u i t c o l o r three to put i n the mouth knowledge bullchicken 1
how bullwhimpering bulllove a f f e c t i o n bulldowry bull d e l i g h t bullto jump i n t o the water bullashesbull bullgroup hamlet 1
bullhoney
68
bugsot [bUgsot] agony 1
suso [sUsoq] a k i n d of f r e s h water s n a i l
l l b t o n g [ l l b t o i j ] pond
bato [batoq] stone
paryok [paryok] a la r g e f r y i n g pan
bagyo [baggyoq] storm
[ o ] i n unstressed f i n a l s y l l a b l e tabo [taboq] dipper bado [badoq] dress Rufo [rufoq] a boys name pugo [pugoq] q u a i l
iho [qihoq] son lu k b t [ l u k o t ] r o l l b i l o g [ b i l o g ] a s m a l l boat
damo [damoq] f i r s t time
banor [banor] dried meat a l i n g o [ q a l i n o q ] wild boar
regtipo [tipoq] type copysero [seroq] zero kusot [kusot] sawdust batog [batog] row
copyrelievo [relflyievoq3 r e l i e v e kayo [kayoq] t r e e
69
3122 Vocoid Chains A vocoid chain was defined earlier as a syllabic
consisting of a continually changing blend of one pure vocoid which is the syllabic center plus a semivocoid
38 which is the nonsyllabic offglide
In describing this type of Ilokano speech sound two sub-types are to be distinguished
(1) Fronting vocoid chains those syllables which have as their center one of a large choice of vocoids followed by a close-front off glide Thus the movement from syllabic to offglide is either forward or upward and forward as in [al] in way [wal] bullrattan 1j and
(2) Retracting vocoid chains those with close-back off glides- i e the movement from syllabic to off-glide is either backward or upward and backward e g the [au] i n waw [wall] bullthirst
38 To account for specific details at the phonetic
level of analysis in this study the nonsyllabic offglide Is to be represented by the vocoid characters [ i I u u ] The semivowels w and y w i l l be used to represent the offglides at the phonemic le v e l
Some linguistic analysts indicate the nonsyllabic element by the d i a c r i t i c [bdquo] beneath the vocoid character e g pay [paly t s t l l l But since no two individual voshycoids can occur in sequence without an intervocalic contoid including the glottal stop [q] J no misinterpretation arises i f the nonsyllabic offglide is l e f t unmarked and the vocoid chain is then read off as a digraph or single phonetic entity and not as a dissyllabic form [bullpaqlq]
70
3221 The F r o n t i n g Vocoid Chains
32211 [ i i ]
The [ i i ] c hain of Ilokano begins w i t h the tongue and jaw i n the p o s i t i o n s f o r [ i ] and g l i d e s i n the d i r e c t i o n of [ l ] there being a very s l i g h t c l o s i n g movement of the lower jaw This speech sound occurs very r a r e l y and only i n i t i a l l y as the f i r s t s y l l a b l e of a r e d u p l i c a t i o n thus
i y - i y e g k o [laquoqllqlyegkoq] Im b r i n g i n g i t
I t w i l l be noted that the resonance g l i d e i s induced by the semicontoid [ y ] of the root morpheme [yeg] b r i n g
71
3 2212 [ e i ]
The Ilokano [ e i ] r e s u l t s from a r a p i d movement upward from the half-open tongue humping f o r [ e ] toward the f r o n t v o c o i d [ i ] although the tongue probably never reaches a p o i n t q u i t e as high as i t does f o r [ i ]
T h is v o c o i d c h a i n has a low frequency of occurence Immigrants from I l o c o s Norte s u b s t i t u t e [ e i ] f o r [ a l ] thus
dayta deyta [deitaq] that daytoy deytoy [ d e i t o l ] t h i s mays a meysa [Ulmelsaq] one
I n a d d i t i o n t o the above phonetic contexts [ e i ] occurs only In the f o l l o w i n g word forms
Leyte [ l e i t e q ] name of a province copyReynaldo [reinaldoq] a boys name copyreyna [reinaq] queen tapey [ t a p e i ] r i c e wine
copyBassey [bccssei] name of a town copyGhristo Eey [ k r i s t o r e i ] C h r i s t the K i n g
3 2213 [ a l ]
The resonance s h i f t of [ a l ] proceeds from the Ilokano open-front [ a ] t o the vocoid q u a l i t y of [ i ] The g l i d e i s much more extensive than that of [ e i ] The l i p s change from a n e u t r a l to a l o o s e l y spread p o s i t i o n
This v o c o i d chain g e n e r a l l y occurs i n s t r e s s e d f i n a l s y l l a b l e s
72
[ a l ] in stressed f i n a l syllable nam-ay [namqal] ease comfort labay [ l a b a l ] a mixture of b r o t h and
cooked r i c e biday [ b l d a l ] a v a r i e t y of mint p l a n t lakay [ l a k a l ] old man balay [ b a l a l ] house umay [qUmal] come I s i n a y [ q l s l n a l ] a n a t i v e language i langay [ l a n a l ] romp and f r o l i c Paypay [ p a l p a l ] fan turay [ t U r a l ] r u l e a u t h o r i t y k l s s a y [ k l s s a l ] decrease patay [ p a t a l ] death naruay [ n a r r w a l ] abundant
32214 [ a l ] Por Ilokano [al]raquo the tongue g l i d e begins a t a
c e n t r a l p o s i t i o n j u s t below half-open l e v e l and moves In the d i r e c t i o n of [ i ] Por the i n i t i a l resonance the l i p s are shaped s i m i l a r to that described f o r [ a ] but have a tendency t o spread f o r the second
The d i s t r i b u t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p of [ a l ] w i t h [ a l ] i s s i m i l a r t o tha t between [ a ] and [ a ] i e [ a l ] occurs i n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s and [ a l ] elsewhere
73
[ a l ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n ay-ayam [ q a l qayam] bay-am [b aIqam] dayta [ d t t I t a q ] gayyem [gal yem] kaybaan [kalbaqan] laylaquoasan [ l a l q a s o n ] mays a [malsaq] ngay [ g a i ] naynay [ n a l n a l ] pay-us [ p a l qus] ray-aben [ralqaben] say-open [salqupen] tay-ak [ t a l q a k ] way [wal]
[ a l ] i n medial s y l l a b l e nakaay-ay-ay [nakaqalqal balaybay [ b a l a l f b a l ] agpayso [qagpal soq] narayray [ n a r a l r a l ]
[ a l ] I n f l n a l y s y l l a b l e abay [qabal] k l d a y [ k i d a l ] pagay [raquopagal] Mabuhay [m abuEal]
play game bullleave i t alone that f r i e n d
bull f a i r y of the mound to reduce horse feed one an i n t e r r o g a t i v e adverb fr e q u e n t l y a v a r i e t y of r i c e bullto t e a r garment by p u l l i n g bullto s m e l l meadow
r a t t a n
bullqal] woeful laundry on the c l o t h e s l i n e true b r i g h t burning
besidebull
eyebrows
r i c e (unthreshed)
Long l i v e J
74
yakay Cyakal] bullto drive into a herd 1
P i l a y [ bull p i l a l ] bulllamebull
ramay [ramalj finger
anay [qanal] termite 1
[bigal] bullshare
apay [qapal] why
aray [qaral] row l i n e
wasay [wasal] bullaxe
patay Cpatal] bullstand support
away [qawal] bulloutskirts
3i2215 [ai] The gl i d e of [dl] begins from the c[a] position and
moves i n the d i r e c t i o n of the pos i t i o n associated with
Ilokano [ i ]
The fronting vocoid chain [ amp l ] occurs only i n the
morpheme tapey [tapal] rice wine I t i s pronounced [ e i ]
by some Ilokano speakers hence Ctapei]
32216 [ o l ] The Ilokano [ o l ] features a resonance glide from
the half-open back [o] to the front-vocoid p o s i t i o n f o r [ i ]
The l i p s are open rounded f o r the f i r s t resonancej changing
to neutral f o r the second Just as i t s pure vocoid countershy
part [ o ] i s pronounced as [ti] so i s [ o l ] r e a l i z e d as [ i l l ]
by a few conservative native speakers
75
[ol] has a more restricted phonetic context than
the pure-vocoid [o] i ey l t does not normally occur
in i t ia l ly and medially In reduplications the u-o
sequential pattern operates e g aguy-oy CqqgUIqoll
bullto dangle1 For some speakers however the i n i t i a l
element of the first chain is phonetically realized as
[o] hence [qagolqol] This variation is quite acceptshy
able
[ol] in stressed final syllable
naraboy [narabol] bull fra i l (body)
aglusdoy [qaglUsdol] to droop
tangkoy [tagkol] a gourd-like vegetablebull
agsalloy [qagsal f lol] to exhaust energy
apjonnoy [qagonnol] bullto moan
langoy [lagol] bullswim
pul-oy [pUlqol] breeze
agsuysoy [qagsUT sol] to ravel or fray
kastoy [kastol] bulllike this
)l] in unstressed final syllable
baboy [ babol] bullpig
dalayudoy [dalayudol] bullpulp
guyugoy [gUyugol] enticement
sarakoy [sarakol] to buy in gross without
choosing
tuloy [tulol] continuation
76
uyaoy [qUyaqol] to dangle agsalayusoy [qagsalayusol] s a i d of wind or
water passing through permeable m a t e r i a l s
3 2217 [Ul]
The Ilokano v o c o i d chain[ui] g l i d e s from a tongue p o s i t i o n s i m i l a r t o th a t used f o r [u]t towards the f r o n t p o s i t i o n f o r [i] e x a c t l y opposite i t The l i p s remain s l i g h t l y rounded during the a r t i c u l a t i o n of both elements of the cha i n The Cl] i n t h i s c h a in i s t h e r e f o r e someshywhat abnormal i e i t i s produced w i t h the tongue and l i p s both f r o n t e d
[ui] p a r t i c i p a t e s as the f i r s t chain i n a r e d u p l i shyc a t i o n thus
buyboy [bUIlaquobol] a k i n d of grass nakuykoy [nakUIkol] scraped together n a l u y l o y [ n a l U I l o l ] bull o i l y
panuynuyan [panUInuyan] to condescendto
aguy-oy [qagUIqol] to dangle
puypoy [pUIpol] bullcaudal f i n of a f i s h
agruyroy [ q a g r U I r o l ] bull to wear outbull agsuysoy CqagsUIsol] to r a v e l or f r a y
tuytoy [ t U I tol] a k i n d of cruet f o r hold Ing winde o i l e t c J
77
3 2 2 1 8 [ u l ] The abnormal t o n g u e - l i p c o r r e l a t i o n i n the o f f g l i d e
resonance f o r the Ilokano c h a i n [ u i ] i s s i m i l a r t o that described f o r [ u i ] Of course i n [ u i ] there i s r e l a t i v e tenseness the tongue i s c l o s e r to the p a l a t e and the l i p s are rounded during the onglide and the o f f g l i d e resonances A stronger s t r e s s i s concentrated on the o n g l i d e
An i n s i g n i f i c a n t number of n a t i v e speakers repl a c e [ o l ] or [ U l ] by [ u i ] although t h i s i s l i m i t e d to such word forms as
kasuy
nakapuv l r u y
[naJlkapui] [ q i r u i ] [kccsui] 1cashew
weak a v a r i e t y of r i c e
3 2 2 2 The l e t r a c t i n g Vocoid Chains
78
32221 [iu] She Ilokano [ i u ] i s symmetrically opposed to [ u i ]
The s t r e s s and leng t h a s s o c i a t e d w i t h the g l i d e i s concenshyt r a t e d on the i n i t i a t i n g element [ i ] The tongue and l i p p o s i t i o n s f o r the onglide are t h e r e f o r e those f o r [ i ] but the l i p s move to the p o s i t i o n f o r [ u ] w i t h in-rounding r a t h e r than puckered
[ i u ] normally occurs i n f i n a l s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s u s u a l l y as the second pomponent of a r e d u p l i c a t i o n thus
klwklw l l w l l w nglwngiw r i w r i w slwsiw
Other contexts which are not r e d u p l i c a t i o n s are the f o l l o w i n g
t l l i w [ t l l i u ] to c a t c h k l s s l w [ k l s s i u ] e pilepsy t l w a t i w [ t l w c t t i u ] pendulum
32222 [ l U ] A s h i f t to a lower vocoid-chain q u a l i t y from the
symmetrically opposed [ u i ] and [ i u ] produces the correspondshyin g opposites [ u i ] and [ i u ]
Por the onglide of the Ilokano vocoid chain [ i u ] the tongue and l i p p o s i t i o n s are those f o r [ i ] The tongue
[ k l U k i u ] t a i l of a f i s h [ l l U l i u ] f i s h i n g t a c k l e [ n l U n i u ] upper l i p [ r l U r i u ] thousands [ s l U s i u ] sauce
79
p o s i t i o n held constant the l i p s move to the position f o r
[ u ] The stress of a r t i c u l a t i o n f a l l s on [ i ] which i s
s l i g h t l y lengthened 1
[ i u ] occurs i n unstressed s y l l a b l e s usually but
not always the f i r s t component of a reduplication
[IU] i n i n i t i a l s y l l a b l e (see also Sec 3 2 2 2 1 )
glwgjwangan [ g l U g l wanctn] bullmaking a gap
[qlUbullqiwaq] s l i c e s 1
[klUklwaren] s t i r r i n g to mix 1
[lIU 11 waq] consolation
[nlUniwen] to squander 1
[nlUniwat] mouthsbull
[pIUplwiren] distortingothe l i p s
[slUsiwan] sauce
lw-lwa
kiwklwaren
liwliwa
nlwnlwen
ngiwnglwat
plwplwlren
siwsiwan
[IU] i n f i n a l s y l l a b l e
palliw
l l l w
danlw
maatiw
[ p a i l i q l U ]
[ bull q i l i u ]
[bulldaniu]
[mai qatiu]
observation
bullhomesickness
l y r i c poem
to be defeated
3 2223 [aU]
A r t i c u l a t i o n of t h i s r e t r a c t i n g vocoid chain
proceeds from the r e l a t i v e l y more stable resonance of [a]
and glides o f f toward the closed p o s i t i o n f o r [ u ] Just
as i n the case of a l l the other vocoid chains the f i r s t
element has considerable l a t i t u d e of a r t i c u l a t i o n
80
[aU3 occurs only in stressed syllables thus pan-aw [panqaU] bullcogon grass narabaw [narabau] bullshallow aldaw [qaldaU] day kalgaw [kal fgaU] dry season pukkaw [pUkraquokaU] shout ullaw [qUllalj] kite agslkmaw [qagslkmalj] bullto take a bait (fish) nanawnaw [nanaUnau] dissolved ngangaw [jjanau] bullpalate
kalapaw [kalapau] hovel puraw [pUraquoraU] white pi saw [pilaquosaU] bullsplash aglataw [qaglatau] to float agsawaww [qagsawau] bullto vent 1
uyaw [qUyaU] bullcriticism s c o f f
32224 [au] The resonance shift of Ilokano [aU] begins at a
central position and moves in the position for [u] Por the ini t i a t i n g resonance the lips and tongue are neutral but the lips are slightly rounded for the offglide [ifj
This lax vocoid chain occurs in unstressed syllables
[aU] i n i n i t i a l syllable
aw-awagan [qaUqawagan] is calling baw-ing [baUqiij] swerve daw-as [daUqas] a brief stopover
81
gawgaw [gaU bullgaU] bullst a r c h kawkaw [kaU bullkau] dip f i n g e r i n water lawlaw [ l a U laU] surroundings nawnawen [ n a u nawen] to d i s s o l v e paw-it [paU bull q i t ] bull p a r c e l raw-akan [ r a U qakanj bullto p u l v e r i z e sawsawan [ s a u sawan] sauce tawwatawwa CtaUwataUwaq] castor o i l p l a n t
aU] i n f i n a l s y l l a b l e 1 igaaw [qlgaqaU] f a i r weather kabaw [laquokabau] f o r g e t f u l pudaw [bullpudaU] l i g h t complexion naagaw [naqagaU] snatched pukaw CpukaU] l o s s ulaw CqulaU] d i z z i n e s s kumaw [kumau] deadly dragon panaw [panaU] departure bangaw EbanaU] bulllarge h o u s e f l y sapaw [sapaU] shade s h e l t e r araraw [qararaUj bulllamentation basisaw [b a slsaU] bladderbull bulalayaw [bUlalayaU] rainbow
82
3 2 3 Contolds Contoids as discussed e a r l i e r are a r t i c u l a t e d
w i t h v a r y i n g degrees of o b s t r u c t i o n of the breath stream -ranging from a complete stop to a s l i g h t narrowing which produces a u d i b l e f r i c t i o n - a t one or more points i n the speech t r a c t as i t passes outward from the lungs I n t h i s s e c t i o n the Ilokano contoids are analyzed i n some d e t a i l according to the place a t which the o b s t r u c t i o n i s made and how i t i s made This Includes v o i c i n g or l a c k of i t
The sequence of p r e s e n t a t i o n i s as f o l l o w s Stops
P l o s i v e s p b t d k g q Continuants
Nasals m n rj L a t e r a l 1 F l a p r F r i c a t i v e s f v s h n Semivocoids w y
3 231 P l o s i v e s A complete p l o s i v e a r t i c u l a t i o n c o n s i s t s of three
stages the onset or implosion stage during which the speech organs i n v o l v e d move c l o s e together to obstruct the outgoing lung a i r the hold or compression stage during which the a i r i s compressed behind the c l o s u r e and the r e l e a s e or e x p l o s i o n during which the organs
83
forming the o b s t r u c t i o n part r a p i d l y a l l o w i n g the compressed 39
a i r t o escape a b r u p t l y I t w i l l be noted that Ilokano p l o s i v e s are never
a s p i r a t e d u n l i k e those of E n g l i s h which are g e n e r a l l y a s p i r a t _ ed i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n a t l e a s t i n s t r o n g l y s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s Furthermore a l l the p l o s i v e s are a r t i c u l a t e d w i t h the s o f t p a l a t e r a i s e d and the n a s a l resonator shut off Other general features of the Ilokano p l o s i v e s are the f o l l o w i n g
(a) There i s no a u d i b l e r e l e a s e preceding other p l o s i v e s e g padto [padtoq] prophesy ubbing [qUbbig] c h i l d r e n
ybO) When fo l l o w e d by a homorganic n a s a l c o n t o i d a p l o s i v e r e l e a s e i s n a s a l e gy pudno [pUdnoq] true i r i k e p mo [qlrlkepmoq] close i t
(c) I n the sequence of a homorganic d e n t a l [ t ] or [ d ] plus [ l ] the r e l e a s e of a i r i s l a t e r a l i e one or both s i d e s of the tongue are lowered t o a l l o w the a i r t o escape Such l a t e r a l r e l e a s e occurs f o r i n s t a n c e i n maikatlo [mal kat tloq] t h i r d pound and ^adles [pad dies] p r e d i c t i o n
(d) B i l a b i a l d e n t a l and v e l a r p l o s i v e s are o f t e n p a l a t a l i z e d when fo l l o w e d by the semi-contoid [ y ] e g pyek [pyek] chick tyan [tyan] tummy kyosko [kyoskoq] kiosk blag [byag] l i f e daydlay [ d a l d y a l ] that bagyo [bqggyoql storm
39 A C1 Gimson op_ c l t p 1^5
84
(e) P o s t v o c a l i c Ilokano p l o s i v e s tend t o be gem-minated when fo l l o w e d by the a l v e o l a r sounds [ r l ] i n a s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e as shown I n the f o l l o w i n g examples
[ p l ] suplad [sUp bulllad] bullwooden s h o v e l [ b l ] s u b l a t [sUb bull b l a t ] bull exchangebull
[ p r ] apro [qap bullproq] bull b i l e [ b r ] sobra [sob bullbraq] e x t r a
[ t l ] i t l o g [ q i t bull t l o g ] egg
[ d l ] padles [pad bulldies] bull p r e d i c t i o n [ t r ] k a t r e [ k a t bulltreq] bed
M Pedro [ ped bulldroq] Peter
Ckl] s a k l o t [ s a k bull k l o t ] l a p s
[ g l ] s l g l o t [ s l g bull g l o t ] knot [ k r ] t a k r o t [tcxk bull k r o t ] coward [ g r ] sagrapen [ s a g bullgrapen] negative recompense
3 2311 B i l a b i a l P l o s i v e s [py b] Complete o b s t r u c t i o n of the egressive a i r stream i s
made by the c l o s u r e of the l i p s simultaneously w i t h the r a i s i n g of the velum s h u t t i n g o f f the n a s a l resonator While the a i r i s thus being compressed behind the b i l a b i a l closureV the v o c a l bands are he l d wide apart f o r [ p ] but are made to v i b r a t e during the compression stage f o r [ b ] g i v i n g i t i t s v o i c e d q u a l i t y L a b i a l i z a t i o n i s a s p e c i a l f e a t u r e i n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of [ p ] and [ b ] i e the l i p p o s i t i o n i s conditioned by that of the adjacent vocoid thus
85
there i s a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p spreading f o r [ p ] and rounding f o r [ b ] i n pabo [paboq] turkey
[ p ] and [ b ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n p i l i d [ bull p i l i d ] bullwheel pekkel [ p e k k e l ] knead p a l a [palaq] shovel
[laquopoloq] polo s h i r t pulo [puloq] ten
b i l i d [ b i l l d ] border or r i m bekkel [ b e k k e l ] bull s t r a n g l e b a l a Cbalaq] bull b u l l e t b o l a [bullbolaq] b a l l bulo [buloq] a v a r i e t y of bamboo
)] and [ b ] i n medial p o s i t i o n sipnget [sip-net] darknessraquo reppet [ r e p p e t ] bundle tapno [tapnoq] bullso t h a t kopa [kopaq] tumbler g o b l e t tupra [tUppraq] bullsputum
a g i b t u r [ q a g l b t u r ] to endure rebbeng [rebbeg] r e s p o n s i b i l i t y r a b nisen [ r a b n i s e n ] to snatch lobo [ loboq] bullballoon tubngar [tubraquonar] bull c o n t r a d i c t i o n 1
[p] and [ b ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n s i r l p [ bull s i r l p ] peep peek ulep [qulep] cloud naatap [naqatap] untamed narukop [narUkop] e a s i l y t o r n takup [ t a k o p ] patchwork
s i r i b [ s i r i b ] bullwisdom agdaleb [qagdaleb] bullto f a l l prone i s a r a b [ q l s a r a b ] bullto sear1
ungngob [qUggob] noseless kalub [ k a l u b ] bull l i d
32312 Dental P l o s i v e s [ t 1 d] For the a r t i c u l a t i o n of [ t ] and [ d ] the main
o b s t r u c t i o n to the breath stream i s formed by a^complete c l o s u r e made between the t i p and r i m of the tongue and the f r o n t and s i d e t e e t h During the hold or compression stage the v o c a l bands are open f o r [ t ] but are made to v i b r a t e producing the v o i c i n g f o r [ d ]
J u s t l i k e the case f o r [ p ] and [ b ] the l i p p o s i shyt i o n i s conditioned by tha t of the adjacent sounds e g spread l i p s f o r [ t ] i n l t l [ q l t i q ] the a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p rounding f o r [ t ] i n to [ t o q ] l a t e r and twalya [twallyaq] towel
8
A sudden se p a r a t i o n of the l i n g u a - d e n t a l c l o s u r e allows the a i r stream to escape w i t h f o r c e unless i t has been blocked by a second c l o s u r e and channeled elsewhere i n a n t i c i p a t i o n of the con t o i d f o l l o w i n g i t - i e behind the a l v e o l a r r i d g e as f o r [ k ] i n kudkod [kUdkod] bulls c r a t c h forward of the a l v e o l a r r i d g e as f o r [ p ] In kepkep [kepkep] bullhug or d i v e r t e d through the nose by the lowering of the s o f t p a l a t e as f o r [IJ] i n ngetnget [^etrjet] gnaw
The d e n t a l p l o s i v e s occur i n a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ t ] and [ d ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n
timek [timek] voice tengnga [tegnaq] bullmiddleraquo t a l l o [ t c t l l o q ] bullthreebull t o l d a [tolraquodaq] bullcanvass shed 1
tuldek [tUIlaquodek] bullpe r i o d 1
d i l a Cdilaq] tongue deppa [deppaq] fathom dalan [bulldaIon] path way Domingo [do bullmirjgoq] bullSunday dulang [dulag] low t a b l e
88
[ t ] and [ d ] i n medial p o s i t i o n b i t l a [ b i t l a q ] speech k e t d i [ k e t d i q ] 1 r a t h e r patneng [ p a t nerj] native denizen by b i r t h votos [votos] votes puto [putoq] r i c e pudding
biddut [ b i d d u t ] bullmistake beddal [bedlaquodal] rude person pad to [padtoq] prophesy boda [bodaq] bullwedding 1
pudno [pUdnoq] true
[ t ] and [ d ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n i k i t [ q i k l t ] aunt baket [ b a k e t ] bullold woman i g a t [ qigat] e e l k a r o t [ k a r o t ] a w i l d e d i b l e l i b u t [ l i b U t ] bullprocession
i f i i d [ bull q i g l d ] edge border baked [b aked] brawn igad [qigad] grater rukod [rUlaquokod] measurement1
ngarud [rja rud] therefore
19
32313 V e l a r P l o s i v e s [ k g] A complete o b s t r u c t i o n to the breath stream i s
formed by a c l o s u r e made between the back of the tongue and the s o f t p a l a t e or velum The lung a i r i s compressed behind the v e l a r c l o s u r e during which the v o c a l bands are wide open f o r [ k ] but are s e t i n v i b r a t i o n producing the v o i c i n g f o r [ g ] L a b i a l i z a t i o n f o r [ k ] and [ g ] i s conditioned by that of adjacent sounds i e l there i s a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p rounding f o r the p l o s i v e s before back vocoids and the semi-con t o i d [w] e g kukwa [kukwaq] ones belongings and a n t i c i p a t o r y l i p spreading f o r the p l o s i v e s before f r o n t vocoids e g g i g i r [ g l g l r l apprehension
Advancement or r e t r a c t i o n of the l i n g u a - v e l a r c l o s u r e i s induced by the adjacent vocoids Thus before or a f t e r f r o n t vocoids the [ k g] closu r e s are near p a l a t a l whereas i n the context of back vocoids e s p e c i a l l y [ u ] the contact i s correspondingly r e t r a c t e d The compressed lung a i r i s re l e a s e d w i t h f o r c e upon the sudden s e p a r a t i o n of the l i n g u a -v e l a r c l o s u r e otherwise the r e l e a s e Is n a s a l p a l a t a l or l a t e r a l
Ilokano v e l a r p l o s i v e s occur i n a l l p o s i t i o n s [ k ] and [ g ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n
k l t a [laquokit aq] look kebba [kebbaq] convulsive r e s p i r a t i o n k a r i t [ k a r l t ] impudence koreo [koreyoq] mail kura [kuraq] c l e r g y
Rita Cgitccqj venom1
gebba [igebbaq] to burn clay
g a r l t [garlt] stripe
Gorlo [gorryoq] a boys nickname
gura [ gurccq] hatred
[k] and [g] In medial position l k l t [ q i k l t ] aunt
sekka [sekkaq] clay
sako [sakoq] sack
tokwa ntokwaq3 bean cake
r u k l t [rUkit3 t i l l the s o i l
i g l d [ q i g l d ] edge
segga [seggaq3 anxiety
sago [sccraquogoq3 arrowroot
toga [ ftogaq3 gown toga
r u g l t [rUgit3 d i r t
[k3 and [g3 i n f i n a l position i r i k [ q l r i k 3 unhusked r i c e
pusek [pUsek3 compactness
slak [syak3 I
batok [laquobatok3 dive
Taruc [tarUk3 a family name
9
a r i g [qarlg] l i k e as i f pus eg [puseg] navel s i a g [syag] swerve
batog [batog] bullrow or f i l e
Tayug [ t a y u g ] bullname of a town
32314 G l o t t a l P l o s i v e I n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the p l o s i v e [ q ] the breath
stream i s completely obstructed by the c l o s u r e of the v o c a l bands The ho l d or compression stage of i t s a r t i c u l a t i o n c o n s i s t s of s i l e n c e which i s perceived a u d i t o r i l y by the sudden stop of the preceding sound or by the sudden onset of the f o l l o w i n g sound
[ q ] f u n c t i o n s as a s y l l a b l e onset when the i n i t i a l o rthographic symbol of the s y l l a b l e represents a vo c o i d e g aldaw Cqql daU] day rang-ay [ranqall progress and as a s y l l a b l e coda when the f i n a l orthographic symbol represents a v o c o i d e g bado [badoq] dress
Thus i n conventional orthography [ q ] i s not r e p r e shysented although l i n g u i s t i c a l l y i t f u n c t i o n s as e i t h e r of the contoids i n the CVC s y l l a b l e p a t t e r n e g adda [qaddaq] there i s (see a l s o Sec 23)
A s i g n i f i c a n t number of Ilokano speakers s u b s t i t u t e [ q ] f o r [ p t k ] i n s y l l a b l e finalraquo utterance medial p o s i t i o n Examples
slpnget [ s l p r ^ e t ] gt [ s l q n e t ] darkness l u t l o t [ l U t l o t ] gt [ l U q l o t ] laquomirelaquo bukbok [bUkbok] gt [bUqbok] wood borer
92
A few immigrants from I l o c o s Norte s u b s t i t u t e [ q ] f o r [ p t kO i n utterance f i n a l p o s i t i o n Por example
taep [touqep] gt [taqeq] c h a f f met [met] gt [meq] a l s o badok [badok] gt [badoq] my dress
LJ i n I n i t i a l position H o t [ q i l o t ] massage e l l e k [ q e l l e k ] mute w i t h c r y i n g awan [qawan] nothing oras [qoras] time hour ur a t [ q Urat] nerve
[ q ] i n medial p o s i t i o n p a i t [ p a q i t ] b i t t e r n e s s raem [raqem] respect saan [ s a qan] bullno buot [buqot] bullmold mildew sag-ut [sagqut] yarn
[q] i n f i n a l position bagl [ b a g i q ] body bote [boteq] b o t t l e s i k a [ s l k a q ] you s l k o [sikoq] elbow adu [qaduq] many
3232 Nasals [mv n n]
Ilokano n a s a l contoids are a r t i c u l a t e d i n a manner s i m i l a r to the p l o s i v e s except f o r two f e a t u r e s (1) f o r the n a s a l s the velum i s lowered a l l o w i n g the lung a i r t o escape through the nose and (2)) the nasals are always v o i c e d so there i s no voi c e - b r e a t h o p p o s i t i o n
U n l i k e those of E n g l i s h Ilokano n a s a l contoids are always n o n s y l l a b i c
32321 B i l a b i a l Nasal [m] The speech sound [m] r e s u l t s from a complete b i l a b i a l
c l o s u r e as f o r [ p b] and a lowering of the velum which gives the outgoing breath stream a predominantly n a s a l resonance
[m] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n misa [misaq] met [met] mata [mataq] mo [moq] mula [mulaq]
[m] i n medial p o s i t i o n
bullmass (church) a l s o 1
bulleye 1
your bullplant
rimas [ r i mas] bull b r e a d f r u i t kemmeg [kernmeg] pounce raman [raman] t a s t e lomo [lomoq] l o i n lumut [lumUt] bullmoss
Cm] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n s i i m [silaquoqim] spy 1
i s em [qisem] bullsmilebull uram [qurom] bulloonflagrat i on naluom [nalU fqom] bull r i p e bull danum [danum] bullwater
32322 D e n t a l Nasal [ n ] The Ilokano [ n ] i s r e a l i z e d w i t h a l i n g u a - d e n t a l
o b s t r u c t i o n as f o r [ t d] and a lowered velum The l i p p o s i t i o n i s conditioned by that of the adjacent vocoids e g the l i p s are s l i g h t l y rounded i n no ]noq] i f n e u t r a l i n na [naq] h i s her i t s and spread i n n i [ n i q ] prenominal a r t i c l e (used w i t h proper names) I n Ilokano t h i s c o n t o i d i s normally given a d e n t a l r a t h e r than an a l v e o l a r a r t i c u l a t i o n
[ n ] f r e q u e n t l y a s s i m i l a t e s to the f o l l o w i n g b i l a shyb i a l or v e l a r c o n t o i d thus
penpen [penpen] gt [pempen] stacks banban [baniban] gt [bamban] bamboo
s t r i p s saanman [saqanman] gt [saqamman] bullwhy not kenka [kenkaq] gt [kenkaq] to you gingined [ g l n g l n e d ] ~ [ g l i j g l n e d ] earthshy
quake
96
[ n ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n n i p a [ nipccq] a species of swamp palm nepnep [nepnep] rainy days nak em [nakem] idea Norma [normaq] a g i r l s name nupay [nupal] although
[ n ] i n medial p o s i t i o n anlniwan [qanlnlwan] shadow
[bennek] a species of e d i b l e clam bennek annad
cono buntog
[qannad] [konoq] [bUntog]
caution bull r i c e m i l l bull s l u g g i s h
[ n ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n kupin [kUpln] baen [baqen] uban [quban] duron [dUron] arun [qarun]
bull f o l d sneeze bullwhite h a i r push k i n d l i n g m a t e r i a l
32323 V e l a r Nasal
Por the n a s a l contoid L Jt a complete o r a l c l o s u r e i s formed between the back of the tongue and the s o f t p a l a t e resembling t h a t f o r the p l o s i v e s [ k g ] With the tongue and velum i n t h i s p o s i t i o n the v o i c e d breath stream i s
96
emitted through the n a s a l c a v i t y L i p p o s i t i o n i s d e t e r shymined by that of the preceding or f o l l o w i n g v o c o i d i e spread and withdrawn l i p s as i n nglwat [niwat] mouth 1 s l i g h t l y spread as i n tengngel [ t e g g e l ] hold rounded i n ungngo [qUgnoq] k i s s
I n I lokano the n a s a l c o n t o i d Cg]raquo occurs pre- and p o s t - v o c a l i c i n a l l p o s i t i o n s
[np i n I n i t i a l p o s i t i o n [glpen] [ gem] [gataq] [ noqok] [gUdel]
ngipen ngem ngata ngoak ngudel
[r-j] i n medial p o s i t i o n s i n g i n dengngep
[sigin]
dangaw agngungot dungngo
[degnep] [dagaU] [qaggUtrjot] to gnaw [dUrj-goq] a f f e c t i o n
tooth but perhaps cry of the water b u f f a l o dullness ( k n i f e )
twin hot compressbull bullstinkbug
[ IJ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n
gusing s l l e n g nanang alsong gutung
[gUsig] [ s i l e g ] [ nanag] [qalsog] [ gutUn]
h a r e l i p g l i t t e r mother bullmortar hidden rocks
3233 L a t e r a l [ l ] The Ilokano [ l ] an a l v e o l a r l a t e r a l i s a r t i c u l a t e d
w i t h a complete velo-pharyngeal c l o s u r e s h u t t i n g o f f the n a s a l resonator 3 and w i t h a p a r t i a l c l o s u r e between the tongue margins or r i m and the upper t e e t h With the tongue i n t h i s p o s i t i o n the v o i c e d breath stream i s r e l e a s e d esshycaping l a t e r a l l y on bothssides of the l i n g u a - a l v e o l a r conshyt a c t
[ l ] i s s l i g h t l y devolced a f t e r the v o i c e l e s s b i l a b i a l a l v e o l a r and v e l a r p l o s i v e s f o r example
plaka Cplakaq] t u r n t a b l e 1
i t l o g [ q l t t l o g ] egg a k l o [qokkloq] l a d d i e
o
The a c t u a l l p o i n t of contact of the tongue f o r [ l ] i s a n t i c i p a t e d by the p o i n t of a r t i c u l a t i o n of the f o l -
33 lowing c o n t o i d Thus [ l ] i s d e n t a l i z e d i n p a l t a t [ p a l t a t ] c a t f i s h p a l a t a l i z e d i n k a lye [ k q l l y e q l bull s t r e e t v e l a r i z e d In t a l g e d [taged] r e l i a n c e
[ l ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n l i m a [ l l m a q ] f i v e l e t t e g [ l e t t e g ] b o i l f u r u n c l e lasag [ l a s a g ] f l e s h
33 These v a r i a n t a r t i c u l a t i o n s w i l l not be marked
elsewhere throughout the t h e s i s i n the phonetic n o t a t i o n s
l o l a lunes
98
[ l o l a q ] [lUlaquones]
grandmother bull t a r n i s h
[ l ] i n medial p o s i t i o n k i l l o [ k l l l o q ] bullcrooked belnas [ b e l l nas] r i n s e k a l d i n g [ k a l d l g ] goat soldado [soldadoq] bull s o l d i e r 1
bulsek [bullaquosek] b l i n d
L] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n k u d i l [ k u d l l ] bull s k i n bukel [bUkel] bullseed a d a l [qadal] learning isakmol [qlsakmol] to mouth a s u l [ q a s u l ] blue
3234 A l v e o l a r F l a p [ r ] The n a s a l resonator i s completely shut o f f by
the velo-pharyngeal c l o s u r e The tongue t i p i s r a i s e d up toward but not touching the a l v e o l a r r i d g e The back margins of the tongue touch the upper molars - t h i s makes a hollow a t the center of the tongue i n t o which the breath stream i s channelled and then emitted through the a l v e o -l l n g u a l c o ntact The Ilokano [ r ] i s u s u a l l y produced w i t h a s i n g l e f l a p i e the tongue t i p taps only once a g a i n s t the a l v e o l a r r i d g e as i n pera [perqql cent I n the case of gemination however the [ r ] i s produced w i t h a
99
l i n g u a l r o l l 1 e a r a p i d succession of f o u r or more taps by the t i p of the tongue on the a l v e o l a r r i d g e The r o l l i n g of the [ r ] i s p e r c e p t i b l e i n perres [ p e r r e s ] lemon j u i c e 1 but not i n pera above Other examples are
k i r r i i t [ k l r r i q l t ] d ried f r u i t g e r r e t [ g e r r e t ] s l i c e k a r r a [ k a r r a q ] spinning awry of tops t o r r e [ torreq] tower gurrood [gUrroqod] thunder
L i p p o s i t i o n f o r [ r ] depends upon that of the a d j a shycent vocoid thus the l i p s are spread f o r the f i r s t [ r ] and then rounded f o r the second i n r i r o [ r i r o q ] confusion
[ r ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n r i g a t [ r i g a t ] d i f f i c u l t y r e g t a [ r e g t a q ] righteousness r a k i t [ r a k l t ] r a f t r o s a l [ r o s a l ] gardenia rusat [rusat] s t a r t
[ r ] i n medial p o s i t i o n s l r l b [ s i r l b ]
[verdeq]
[koronaq] [ kurajj]
verde korona kurang
wisdom bullgreen 1crown i n s u f f i c i e n t
100
[ r ] i n f i n a l p o s i t i o n bangir [baglr] bullthe other s i d e t a e r [ t a q e r ] elegance agungar [qagugar] to r e v i v e kasaor [kasaqor] east wind k u r i k u r [ k U r i k U r ] e a r p i c k
3amp35 F r i c a t i v e s [ f v s h h] F r i c a t i v e c o n t o i d a r t i c u l a t i o n s i n v o l v e a p a r t i a l
o b s t r u c t i o n made by two speech organs brought s u f f i c i e n t l y c l o s e together f o r the outgoing breath stream to produce a u d i b l e f r i c t i o n The f r i c t i o n may be v o i c e d or breathed The velum i s r a i s e d and the n a s a l resonator shut o f f
32351 Labio-Dental F r i c a t i v e s [ f v ] A p a r t i a l o b s t r u c t i o n to the a i r stream i s formed
between the i n n e r surface of the lower l i p and the edge of the upper teeth The f r i c t i o n i s v o i c e l e s s or breathed f o r [ f ] and i s v o i c e d f o r [ v ] The a c t u a l p o i n t of l a b i o shyd e n t a l contact v a r i e s according to the p o i n t of a r t i c u l a shyt i o n of the adjacent v o c o i d s Thus the contact on the lower l i p tends t o be more f r o n t e d i n veses [veses] times than i n voses [voses] voice
[ f ] and [ v ] occur only i n loan words i n i n i t i a l and medial p o s i t i o n s never s y l l a b l e f i n a l or word f i n a l
101
[f] and [v] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t i o n
fi n o [raquofinoq] fineraquo
f e r i a [ferryaq] holiday f a i r
f a lda [faldaq] raquoskirtraquo
forma [formaqj bullform shape
fundo [raquofundoq] bullfirnd
v i s l t a [ v l s l t a q j v i s i t o r
verde [verdeq] green
vapor [varaquopor] bullboat ship
votante [votanteq] bullvoter
f] and [ v ] In medial position
T e o f l l a [ t y o f l l a q ] a g i r l s name
Kafe [kafeq] bullcoffee
Josefa [hosefaaq] a g i r l s name
Rufo [rufoq] bulla boys name
s e r v i s i o [servisyoq] service
S everino [severinoq] a boys name
lavandera [lavanbullderaq] bulllaundry woman
Navotas [navotas] name of a town
32352 Dental F r i c a t i v e [ s ]
For the Ilokano [ s j the upper and the lower teeth
are i n near occlusion The side margins of the tongue touch
the upper side teeth This forms a narrow groove i n the
center of the tongue into which the breath stream i s chan-
102
neled and forced through the dental point of near occlusion
producing a his s i n g f r i c a t i v e sound L i p pos i t i o n f o r [ s ]
depends upon that of the adjacent vocoid e g the l i p s
are rounded f o r the f i r s t [ s ] and then spread f o r the second
i n susIk [suslk] dispute 1 [ s ] i s the only Ilokano f r i c a
t i v e contoid without a voiced counterpart
[ s ] i n i n i t i a l p o s i t ion
s l i t
s e l l a g
sao
Soledad
[ s l q i t ]
[ s e i l a g ]
[sccqoq]
[soledad]
[sUkaq] Suka
[ s ] i n medial position
thorn
moonlight
word utterance
raquoa g i r l s name
bullvinegar
r i s s i k [rlsraquosik] bullspark
kessen [kes sen] shrinkage
kasla [kasaq] bull l i k e same as
kosina [koslnctq] raquokitchenlaquo
kuspag [kUspag] bullarrogance
5] In f i n a l p o s i t i o n
arbis [qarfels] bullshower1
anges [ qarjes] bullbreath 1
agas [ qagas] bullmedicine
bulos [bulos] bullastray 1
dalus [daraquolus] bullcleanliness
103
32353 G l o t t a l F r i c a t i v e s [ h i - h] Ilokano has bothhthe v o i c e l e s s [ h ] and the voi c e d [ f i ]
g l o t t a l f r i c a t i v e contoids 1 [ h ] occurs only i n s y l l a b l e i n i t i a l p r e v o c a l i c p o s i t i o n I t i s produced by the passhysage of a strong v o i c e l e s s breath stream through the open g l o t t i s - the opening between the v o c a l bands A c t u a l l y the f r i c t i o n i s produced i n the o r a l c a v i t y r a t h e r than a t the g l o t t i s - and i s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the f o l l o w i n g v o c o i d This s i t u a t i o n makes f o r the d i f f e r shyent patterns of resonance f o r [ h ] i n [ h i ] [ h e ] [ h a ] [ h o ] and [hu]
Since a l l vocoids are v o i c e d the v o i c e l e s s [ h ] becomes v o i c e d [ n ] i n i n t e r v o c a l i c p o s i t i o n because i t partakes of the voi c e d q u a l i t y of the adjacent vocoids The p r o n u n c i a t i o n of [ f i ] t h e r e f o r e seems to be accompanied by v o c a l band v i b r a t i o n 1
[ h ] i n I n i t i a l p o s i t i o n h l s t o r l a [hisbullraquotorryaq] h i s t o r y
[bullhefeq] c h i e f [haranaq] serenade [horheq] a boys name [hUstoqc] r i g h t
hefe harana Jorge husto
104
[n] i n medial position
a h l t [raquoqanlt]
kahel [ k a i n e l ]
kaha [bullkahaqj
Bohol [bolaquonol]
bullshave
raquobox
name of a province
green oranges
3236 Semivocoids [w y]
Prom an a r t i c u l a t o r y standpoint the semivocoids [w]
and [ y ] d i f f e r from the c o n s t r i c t i v e contoids i n the degree
of o r a l s t r i c t u r e present In t h i s s e c t i o n however they
are treated as contoids mainly because they function and
d i s t r i b u t e as such - i e as s y l l a b l e margins rather than
s y l l a b l e n u c l e i [w] and [y] i n i t i a t e s y l l a b l e s and p a r t i shy
cipate as the second or t h i r d member of a prevocalic contoid
c l u s t e r
3k^236l Labio-velar Semivocoid [w]
In the a r t i c u l a t i o n of [w] the velum i s raised the
vocal bands vibrate and the tongue assumes the pos i t i o n
f o r [u] and glides r a p i d l y to the position of the following
vocoid L i p position f o r [w] depends upon that of the adjashy
cent vocoid e gy the l i p s are s l i g h t l y rounded i n the
f i r s t [w] and then spread i n the second i n wawek [wa wek]
in s e r t a dagger i n a wound1 [w] i s devoiced a f t e r [ t j and
[ k ] ^ as i n twalya [twallyaq] towel kwlntas [kwintas]
necklace
105
[w] I n i n i t i a l and medial p o s i t i o n s wlnglwlng [ w l n i w l n ] shake head i n d i s s e n t welwel [welwel] s l o t h f u l watlwat [watiwat] long d i s t a n c e
3 2 3 6 2 P a l a t a l Semivocoid [ y ] For the v o i c e d p a l a t a l semlvocoid [ y ] the tongue
assumes the p o s i t i o n f o r [ i ] and g l i d e s immediately to the p o s i t i o n of the f o l l o w i n g v o c o i d [ y ] i s devoiced when i t f o l l o w s the v o i c e l e s s p l o s i v e s [ p t k ] i n a co n t o i d c l u s t e r Before [ y ] [ t d k g n n l ] are p a l a t a l i z e d
[ y ] i n i n i j b l a l and medial p o s i t i o n s
yegyeg [yegyeg] tremble yakayak [yakaycck] sieve yubuyub [yUbuyUb] sound of the bellows
3 2 4 Contoid C l u s t e r s A sequence of two or more contoids without an i n t e r shy
vening v o c o i d or s y l l a b l e d i v i s i o n c o n s t i t u t e s a co n t o i d c l u s t e r I n the indigenous p h o n o l o g i c a l system of Ilokano there were no co n t o i d c l u s t e r s apart from the sequence of i n i t i a l p l o s i v e s [ p t k b d] plus a semlvocoid [w] or [ y ] and the gemination of p l o s i v e s f o l l o w e d by [ l r w y ] [gwj chowjever represents a hole or case v i d e i n the system
106
The f o l l o w i n g examples i l l u s t r a t e the p o i n t puak [laquopwak] caudal f i n tuad [twad] bulla long f i s h net kuak [kwak] mine 1
buaya [bwayaq] c r o c o d i l e dua [raquodwaq] two gu piek [pyek] chick t i a n [ bulltyan] tummy k i a d [kyad] bullwalk w i t h abdomen p r o t r u d i n g blag Cbyag] l i f e d i a y Cdyal] that g i a k [gyak] a k i n d of hornet
a p l a t [ q a p p l a t ] aphid apro [qapproq] b i l e tapuak [tappwak] dive l u p i a s [lUpraquopyas] overflow b i t l a [bitlaquotlaq] bullspeech discourse pastreken [pastreraquoken] bullto l e t i n b i t u e n [bitlaquotwen] s t a r patiem [pattyern] believe i t a k l o [qakkloq] l a d d i e t a k r o t [takraquokrot] coward sikuan [slkkwan] anative s p o o l takiapj [tak^yag] arm
10pound a b l a t [ q c t b laquo b l a t ] bull l a s h
s a b r a k [ s a b b r a k ] bull d i s c o u r t e s y 1
s u b u a l [ s U b b w a l ] bull s h o o t s s u c k e r s bull
g a b i o n [ g a b b y o n ] g r u b h o e
p a d l e s [ p a d d i e s ] bull p r e d i c t i o n
k u d r e p [ k U d raquo d r e p ] d i m n e s s
k a d u a [ k a d d w a q ] c o m p a n i o n p a r t n e r
g i d i a t [ g l d raquo lt f y a t ] d i f f e r e n c e
s i g l o t [ s l g g l o t ] bull k n o t
m a d i g r a [ m a d i g g r a q ] bull t o be s c a r e d
t a g u a b [ t a g g w a b ] l e a n - t o r o o f
b a g v o [ b a g g y o q ] s t o r m
T h u s c o n t o i d c l u s t e r i n g o t h e r t h a n t h e t y p e s i l l u s shy
t r a t e d a b o v e d o e s n o t f i t t h e n a t i v e p h o n e t i c h a b i t s o f
m o s t o l d p e o p l e a n d t h e r e s i s t a n c e t o i t i s s h o w n b y t h e
f o l l o w i n g p h e n o m e n a i n t h e i r p r o n u n c i a t i o n o f l o a n w o r d s
(1) A n i n t r u s i v e v o c o i d b e t w e e n t h e c l u s t e r s
p l a t o [ p l a t o q ] gt [ p a l a t o q ] p l a t e
p r i n s l p e [ p r i n s l p e q ] gt [ p i r i n s l p e q ] p r i n c e
t r a b a h o [ t r a b a h o q ] gt [ t a r a b a h o q ] s o r k
k l a s e [ k l a s e q ] gt [ k a l a s e q ] c l a s s k i n d
b r a s o [ b r a s o q ] gt [ b a r a s o q Q a r m
A n d r e s [ q a n laquo d r e s ] gt [ f l a n d e r e s ] A n d r e w
108
(2) A p r o s t h e t i c vocoid introduced before the s - c l u s t e r s occuring i n i t i a l l y i n E n g l i s h l o a n words
i s p e l l n g [ q l s p e l l n ] s p e l l i n g l s p l k e r [ q l s p i k e r ] speaker istambay [ q l s t o r n b a l ] stand by eskeleton [qeskeleton] skeleton The p r o s t h e t i c vocoid phenomenon may be a t t r i b u t e d
to the i n f l u e n c e of Spanish l o a n words i n the Ilokano l e x i c o n f o r example
estas i o n [qestccsyon] s t a t e i o n e s p e s l a l [qespesyal] s p e c i a l eskoba [qeskobaq] shoe brush
(3) The e l i s i o n of e i t h e r element i n a c o n t o i d c l u s t e r as i n the f o l l o w i n g few cases
r e p o r t [ r e p o t ] report post ( o f f i c e ) [pos] post oompadre [kompareq] ones c h i l d s godfather
The f i r s t and t h i r d phenomena are deviant phonetic r e a l i z a t i o n s t h a t can s a f e l y be Ignored s i n c e they do not f o l l o w thesnormal p a t t e r n which has become f i r m l y e s t a b l i s h shyed And s i n c e Spanish and E n g l i s h loan words are i n common use by a great m a j o r i t y of the n a t i v e speakers of Ilokano many f o r e i g n sounds and sound patterns have become a s s i m i l a t e d i n t o the n a t i v e p h o n o l o g i c a l system I n cases where the a s s i shym i l a t i o n e n t a i l e d gross v i o l a t i o n of the n a t i v e phonetic h a b i t s
1 0 9
bullcopra 1
bullbed bulls e a l i n g wax book
phonetic compromises were o f t e n made such as the gemination of the p l o s i v e s i n i t i a t i n g medial c l u s t e r s i n Spanish loan words e g
kopra [kopraqj gt [koppraq] k a t r e [katreq] gt [ k a t t r e q ] l a k r e [lakreq] gt [lakkreq] l i b r o [ l i b r o q ] gt [ l l b b r o q ] eroplano [qeropianoq]gt[qeroppianoq] a i r p l a n e t a b l a [tablaq] gt [t a b b l a q ] board s l a b r e g l a [bullreglaq] gt [r e g g l a q ] foot r u l e r
Thus there are three c o n t o i d c l u s t e r types permitted i n the sound p a t t e r n of Ilokano They are
40
P r e v o c a l i c I n i t i a l C l u s t e r s (IK)
C 1 C 2 V -P r e v o c a l i c Medial C l u s t e r s (MK)
CVC-^V
or cvc 1 c 1 c 2 (c 3 )v
P o s t v o c a l i c P i n a l C l u s t e r s (FK)
- v e i deg 2
40 Where I M P = I n i t i a l M e d i a l F i n a l r e s p e c t i v e l y K = Contoid C l u s t e r
110
3241 Prevocalic- I n i t i a l Contoid C l u s t e r s I n Ilokano p r e v o c a l i c i n i t i a l c l u s t e r s are l i m i t e d
t o two c o n t o i d s hence the p a t t e r n bull IK CC~V-
41 which i s represented by four phonetic r u l e s -
IK n
IK
IK
IK
gt C
gt C-
gt C
gt C
P k -
b graquo + C 2 [ 1 ] f
Urn 4
P t k
D d S t + C 2 [ r ] f
P t k b d S raquo
m n + C 2 M f v
_s h
P t k
b d m n
[ y ] 1
J + C 2 [ y ] 1 r f v
bull s
Exception The c o n t o i d [ q ] a g l o t t a l s top does not enter i n t o c l u s t e r s of any type
I l l
The f o l l o w i n g examples i l l u s t r a t e the IK r u l e s Tamp1 [ p i ] p l e g l s [ p l e g l s ] f o l d p l a i t
p l a s a [plasaq] plaza square pluma [plumaq] plume w r i t i n g pen
[ k l ] k l i m a [klimccq] climate Clemente [klementeq] a boys name k l a s e [klaseq] c l a s s k i n d k l o r o [kloroq] c h l o r i n e
[ b l ] blangko [blankoq] blank bloke [ b l o i k e q ] block b l u s a [blusaq] blouse
[ g l ] G l l c e r l a [ g l l s e r r y a q ] a g i r l s name Glenda [ glendcxq] a g i r l s name g l a d i o l a [glgddyolno1 g l a d i o l a g l o r i a [glorryaq] glory g l u [gluq] glue
[ f l ] f l e t e [ f l e t e q ] f a r e f l a n [ f l a n ] cus t a r d f l o r e r a [ f l o r e r a q ] flower vase
I K 2 [ p r ] primo [primoq] cousin p r e s i o [presyoq] p r i c e p r a k t i s [prcck t i s ] p r a c t i c e e x e r c i s e pronto [prontoq] ready t r i p a [ t r i p a q ] t r i p e e n t r a i l s t r e s e [treseq] t h i r t e e n
112
[ g r ]
[ f r ]
trahe t r o s o trumpeta [
[ k r ] k r l s l s [ krema [ kraker [ k r o s l n g [ krus [
[ b r ] b r i l i a m t e
Brenda braso brocha bruha
[ d r ] d r i l drama( drowlng [ g r i s [ greko grado groto grupo f r i t o
f reno franko Fronda f r u t a s
bullgown1
bulllog of wood traneq] trosoq]
trUmpetaq] trumpet k r i s l s ] c r i s i s kremaq] k r a k e r ] k r o s l n ] k r u s ]
creambull crac k e r bull c r o s s i n g bullcross
b r l 1 l y a n t e q ] diamond brendaq] a g i r l s name brasoq] brot tyaq] brunaq] d r i l ]
dramaq] drowln] g r i s ] grekoq] gradoq] grotoq] grupoq] f r i t o q ] frenoq] frankoq]
frondaq] f r u t a s ]
bullarm painters brush witch bullstrong c l o t h drama p l a y bulldrawing gray bullGreek bullgrade grottobull bullgroup f r i e d brake c o n t r o l frank a f a m i l y name fruit(s)raquo
113
puede pwedeq] bullcan may1
puak c pwak] bullcaudal f i n t a i l
[ tw] t u a l i a [ t w a l l y a q ] bulltowel
[kw] kuin t a s [ kwintas] bullnecklace
kuetes [ bullkwetes] fi r e w o r k s
k u a r t a [ kwartaq] bullmoney
[bw] buis [ bullbwis] tax
buenas [ bwenas] bullgood l u c k
bua [ bwaq] bullbe t e l (areca) nut
[dw] due to [ bulldwetoq] duetlaquo
dua [ dwaq] two
guantes [ bullgwantes] gloves
guapo [ gwapbq] bullhandsome
[mw] muebles [ mwebbles] f u r n i t u r e bull
muelye [ bullmwellyeq] metal s p r i n g
[nw] nueve [ bullnweveq] nine
nuang [ bullnwan] water b u f f a l o
Cfw] f u e r a [ bullfweraq] bullbesides
f u e r s a [ bullfwersaq] bullforce s t r e n g t h
[vw] vuelo [ vweloq] s w i f t motion
v u e l t a [ raquovweltaq] bull t u r n 1
[sw] s u i t i k [raquoswitlk] cheat
sueldo [ sweldoq] raquosalary1
suako [ swakoq] ciga r p ipe
[hw] hues [ bullEwes] judgebull
Hueves [ nweves] Thursdaybull
Juan [ nwan] bullJohn
114
Cpy] Piek [laquopyek] chick p i a Cpyaq] health P i o L fpyoq] a boys name
Cty] chismis [ t y l s mis] gossip cheke CSyekeq] cheque t i a n Ctyan] bulltummy Choleng Cbulltyolen] a g i r l s nickname
C amp ] k i e t C kyet] bullcrouch k i a d C Icyad] walk w i t h abdomen proferud kiosko [kyoskoq] bullkiosk
Cby] bienes Cbyenes] property biang [byan] care concern
CdV] d i e s Cdyes] dime t e n diaya Cdyayaq] o f f e r Dios [dyos] God
Cmy] mlentras [myentras] bullwhile Mierkoles fmyerko l es l Wednesdavbull
CnV] Nieves [nyeves] a g i r l s name nipg Chyog] coconut ngiaw C|yau] meow
Ciy] l i e v o Clyevoq] carry l i a v e [lyaveq] key
Cry] r i e n d a Cryendaq] reins ( h o r s e ) r i a t C r y a t ] bull s l i t on c l o t h e s 1
riuma C Tyumaq] rheumatism
115
[ f y ] fiambrera [fyam brerctql bulldinner p a i l r - f i a r [ f f y a r ] bull t r u s t
f i e s t a [ laquofyestltxq] bullf e a s t h o l i d a y
[ v y ] Viernes [vyernes] bullFriday vlahe [vyaheq] t r a v e l voyage v i o l i n r [ f v y o l I n ] v i o l i n v iuda [vyudccq] bullwidow
[ s y ] s i e t e [syeteg] s even slam [laquosyam] nine sl u d u t [syudUt] peevishnessbull
3242 P r e v o c a l i c Medial Contoid C l u s t e r s The medial c l u s t e r s r e f e r r e d to are those sequences
of two or three contoids occuring immediately a f t e r the s y l l a b l e boundary () Ilokano has no p o s t v o c a l i c medial c l u s t e r s - i e occuring before a s y l l a b l e boundary -except f o r the lo a n word e k s t r a [raquoqekstrctq] e x t r a 1
Therefore
MK gt -VC( X) 0 ^ 2 ( 0 )V-
C^2j i n d i c a t e s that there i s always a pre-boundary C which may or may not be the f i r s t element of a gemination For example compare
kopra k a t r e
to kompra s a s t r e
-VC-jCC-jCgV-
[koppraq] coconut copra [ k a t t r e q ] bed -VCC^gV-
[kompraq] buy [ s a s t r e q ] t a i l o r
116
C^CgC^ i s a marginal sequence p a t t e r n i s always a semivocoid [w] or Cy]
The r u l e s f o r the Ilokano medial co n t o i d c l u s t e r s (MK) are s i m i l a r to those f o r the i n i t i a l c o n toid c l u s t e r s IK-^ g 3 v There are however a few exceptions and a d d i shyt i o n s thus
MK 1 IK 1 except C- [ f ] but i n c l u d i n g [ t d ]
I K 2
3 IK 3 except C- [ v h]
MK IK but i n c l u d i n g C poundg h]
Three a d d i t i o n a l r u l e s to account f o r i n the
bull^1^2^3 c l u s t e r p a t t e r n are as f o l l o w s
MK 5
MK6 gt Q1 [ p ] + C 2 [ l ] + C 3 [ y ]
MK gt C x [ p ] + C 2 [ r ] + C 3 [w]
Por the MK r u l e s the f o l l o w i n g examples are adduced MK- [ p i ] supplemento [sUppiementoq] supplement
kup l a t [kUpplat] peel o f f
templaen [ternplaqen] to moderate
[ t l ] k a p i t l o [ k a p i t t l o q ] t h i r d degree c o u s i n
[ k l ] b u k l i s [ b U k A l i s ] bullgreedy buklen [bUkklen] bullto form i n t o a whole b i k l a t [ b i k k l a t ] cobra s a k l o t [ s o k k l o t ] bulllaps
[ b l ] s u b l i [ s U b b l i q ] r e t u r n sable [sabbleq] bullsaber c u t l a s s a b l a t [ q a b b l a t ] bull l a s h nablo [nabbloq] maimed
[ d l ] padles [pad dies] p r e d i c t i o n
Csi] paglen [Pagglen] bullto p r o h i b i t reglamento [regglrr men toq] r e g u l a t i o n p i g l a t [ p i g g l a t ] scar s i g l o t [ s l g g l o t ] knot
[ p r ] s a p r i [ s a p p r i q ] r a i n passing through i n t e r s t i c e s
repres entante [reoores en 1 tantea1
bull r e p r e s e n t a t i v e tupra [tUppraq] bullsputum apro [qapproq] b i l e
[ t r ] P a t r i c i o f b r rt t r i s v o a l bull P a t r i c k matrera [mattretaq] shrewd woman kontra [kontraq] i n i m i c a l a g a i n s t maestro [maqestroq] 1 male teacher
[ k r ] konkreto [ k o n k r e t o q l concrete napokray [na-pokkrail f r i a b l e crumbly bukros [bUklaquokros] corpulent obese
[ o r ] A b r i l [ q a b b r i l ] A p r i l sobre [sobbreq] envelope sobra [sobbraq] extra masabrot [masdbbrot] can compensate f o r
[ d r ] padrino [paddrinoq] godfather madre [maddreq] bullnun Alejandro [qalehandrool Alexander
[ g r ] ingreso [qlngresoq] submit d e p o s i t i n g r a t a [ q l n g r a t a q ] i n g r a t e l o g r o [loggroq] p r o f i t
[ f r ] A l f r e d o [ q a l f r e d o q ] A l f r e d
[pw] tapwak [tappwak] dive [tw] b i t u e n [ b i t t w e n ] s t a r
batuag [battwag] t i l t e d seesaw [kw]i akoen [qakkwen] bullto admit g r a c i o u s l y
eskwela [qeskwelaq] school sanikua [sanlkwaq] property
[bw] rubuat [rUblaquobwat] bullpreparation t o leave [dw] kadua [kaddwaq] partner c ompani on [gw] agua [qagwaq] perfume
taguan [taggwan] oar
[mw] ammoen [qammwen] bullto know f i n d out
rumuar [rUmmwar] bullto e x i t
[nw] an-anoen [qanqan fnwen] bullHow
banuar [bannwar] hero [nw] sangoanan [sonnwancin] i n f r o n t o f
dungngoen [dUnnwen] to l o v e [sw] p a s s u i t [ p a s s w i t ] w h i s t l e
assuang [qasraquoswan] witch
bullEpy] apien [qappyen] bullto cut o b l i q u e l y k o pia [raquokopyaq] copy l i m p i o [limpyoq] bullclean neat
[ t y ] koche [kotlaquopoundyeq] car achara [ q a t tfyaraq] bull p i c k l e s ancho [ qantfyoq] 1 w i d t h breadth
O ] pakiaw [pokkyaU] gross purchase Eustaquii D [yUs raquotakyoq] a boys name
[^] ab-ablen [qabqabbyen] to v i l l i f y kamblo [kambyoq] g e a r s h i f t
[ay] daydiay [daldyal] that Hudio [hUddyoq] bullJew
[gy] pagyanan f Paggya 1nan] l o c a t i o n bagyo [baggyoq] storm
[my] amianan [qammyanan] north premio [premmyoq] p r i z e
120
M O baniera [banriyeraq] bullbathtub1
banias [bannyas] 1 iguana1
panio [pannyoq] bullhandkerchief
sangyo [sonnyoq] shrewbull
[ amp ] kalye [kal lyeq] streetbull
al-alya [qalqalbulliyaq] ghostbull
repolyo [re pollyoq] bullcabbage1
parla [parryaq] bitter melon
pariok [parfyok] large frying pan
rosario [rosarryoq] rosary
[^] infierno [qln fyeriinoq] h e l l
conflansa [konfyansaq]confidence t r u s t [ v y ] Noviembre [novyembreq] November
novlo [novyoq] f i a n c e [ s y ] pasear [passyar] s t r o l l
pasion [passyon] passion (Lenten hymns) [hy] r e l i h i o n [ r e I I h v o n ] r e l i g i o n
M K 5 [ P i y ] empleado [qemplyadoq] employee empleo [qempiyoq] bullemployment
Mamp6 [ p r y ] nasaprian [nasappryan] besprinkled [ t r y ] I n d u s t r l a [ q l n d u s t r y a q ] i n d u s t r y [ b r y ] n a b r i a t [hcxB bryat] torn [ d r y ] Adriano [qaddryanoq] a boys name
MK7 [prw] aproan [qapprwan] add b i l e t o
121
3243 P o s t v o c a l i c F i n a l Contoid C l u s t e r s (FK) F i n a l c l u s t e r s are very r e s t r i c t e d i n occurence -
1 e only i n E n g l i s h l o a n words - i n the Ilokano phonoloshyg i c a l system I t w i l l be noted that most of the E n g l i s h l o a n words i n which they occur have been I l o k a n i z e d
The s e q u e n t i a l p a t t e r n f o r f i n a l c o n t o i d c l u s t e r s i n Ilokano i s
FK gt -VC-jCg
which i s p h o n e t i c a l l y r e a l i z e d i n the f o l l o w i n g r u l e s
k
FK-j C n
J r
+ C [ s ]
FK 2 - mdash gt C X [I] + c 2 [ k ]
F K 3 gt C x [ r ] + C t d
FK^ gt C1 [ s ] + C 2 [ t ]
122
The f o l l o w i n g examples i l l u s t r a t e the four EK r u l e s
F K X [ k s ] Felixa- [ f e l l k s ] komiks [komlks] A l e x [qaleks] kyuteks [kyuteks]
Cns3 hangs [bans] [rs] nars [nars]
a boys name comics a boys name n a i l p o l i s h 1
[ n s ] bins (pork and) [bins] beans
a type of h a i r d o
nurse
FK 2 [nk] Frank [frank] Frank
[ r k ] pork ( b a r r e l ) [pork] pork
FK^ [ r t ] Bert [bart] ekspert [ ltfekspart] erport [qerport] report [ r e p o r t ]
[ r d ] kard [kard] blakbord [ b l a k bord[J
a boys nickname expert a i r p o r t report
card blackboard
FK^ [ s t ] post ( O f f i c e ) [post] post
1231
3 23 THE SUPRASEGMENTS IN DETAIL The phonetic a n a l y s i s of Ilokano that has so f a r
been presented deals l a r g e l y w i t h the sounds of speech as i n d i v i d u a l l i n e a r segments and separable u n i t s Since speech i s a dynamic continuum r a t h e r than a s t r i n g of s t a t i c i n d i v i d u a l sounds i t i s important t o take i n t o account the way i n which the d i s c r e t e phones are grouped together i n a c t u a l d i s c o u r s e Thus i n the f o l l o w i n g subsections w i l l be d escribed the u n i f y i n g features of the speech continuum the suprasegmental features of s t r e s s l e n g t h juncture and p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n These extend over s t r e t c h e s of many l i n e a r segments hence some l i n g u i s t s c a l l them p l u r i s e g -mental f e a t u r e s
Suprasegmental features i n Ilokano are r e s t r i c t e d to the phenomena of s t r e s s l e n g t h and p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n -juncture t y i n g i n very c l o s e l y w i t h p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n Along w i t h t h e i r u n i f y i n g i n f l u e n c e a l l three features w i l l be considered i n terms of the degree of prominence each gives to a s y l l a b l e i n comparison w i t h other s y l l a b l e s i n the l i n e a r sequence
331 S t r e s s and Rhythm S t r e s s r e f e r s t o the r e l a t i v e l y great breath e f f o r t and
the loudness w i t h which a sound or s y l l a b l e i s a r t i c u l a t e d I t i s a f e a t u r e of accent or prominence Ilokano s y l l a b l e s are e i t h e r s t r o n g l y s t r e s s e d () or weakly s t r e s s e d (unmarked)
i2gt
Thus i n the p o l y s y l l a b i c word f o r example agllllnnemangan [ q q g l l linnemme nan] play hide and seek
the t h i r d and l a s t s y l l a b l e s are gi v e n prominence by the strong s t r e s s the others subordinated by weak s t r e s s
Subsequent examples w i l l show that the s t r e s s p a t t e r n of Ilokano i s f i x e d I n the sense that the strong s t r e s s always f a l l s on a p a r t i c u l a r s y l l a b l e of any gi v e n word^ Thus the strong s t r e s s f a l l s r e g u l a r l y
(1) on the f i r s t s y l l a b l e i n the d i s s y l l a b i c forms tudo [tudoq] r a i n s l p i t [ s i p i t ] tongs bayad [ bull ba yqd] payment
(2) on the meamplsgl s y l l a b l e i n the p o l y s y l l a b i c forms kawayan [kawayan] bamboo n a l a b a s l t [nalcc b a s l t ] red b u l l a l a y a w fbUIlqlayqU] rainbow
(3) on the l a s t s y l l a b l e i n the d i s s y l l a b i c and p o l y s y l l a b i c forms
adu [qqduq] many a l u t e n [qalUten] f i r e b r a n d k u l a l a n t l [kUlalanlaquotiq] f i r e f l y
But the s t r e s s i s f r e e and dynamic i n the sense that i t i s not t i e d to any p a r t i c u l a r s y l l a b l e I n the process of morshyp h o l o g i c a l expansion using a f f i x e s
I lokano as pointed out e a r l i e r i s a g g l u t i n a t i v e i e i t makes grammatical use of many a f f i x e s Thus the
125
a n a l y s i s of i t s s t r e s s patterns s t a r t s w i t h the base or root morphemes and proceeds to the word forms w i t h bound morphemes the a f f i x e s p r e f i x i n f i x and s u f f i x Delvshyi n g i n t o morphological d e t a i l s such as d e f i n i n g the types of the bound morphemes i s beyond the scope of t h i s a n a l y s i s I t merely aims to demonstrate the s t r e s s dynamics of Ilokano a t the morpheme l e v e l thus
S t r e s s P a t t e r n xx
oxx xxo
oxxo
oxoxo
oo xo xo
ooxoxo
ooxoxoo
xx o xx
42
b i l a n g a g bllang b i l a n g e n i b i l a n g a n
agblnnllangan
a g b i b i n n l l a n g a n
maklbinnilangan
bullcountbull bullto count ( v i ) bullto count ( v t )
Example [ b i l a n ] [ q a g bull b i l a n ] [ b l l a n e n ] [ q l b l l a n a n ] to count
f o r someone [qagblnnllanan] bullto count f o r each other [ q a g b l b i n n l l a n a n ] to count f o r one another [maklbinnllanan]
to j o i n In the mutual counting makiblnnilanganen [maklbinnilananen]
to j o i n i n the mutual counting now pudot [pudot] heat napudot [napudot] hot
42 Where x=
o = t
s y l l a b l e of the base morpheme s y l l a b l e of the bound morpheme or a f f i x s t r e s s mark before the s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e
OQXK napudpudot [napUdpudot] h o t t e r
oooxx nakapudpudot [nakapUdpudot] very h o t
oxxo kapudutan [kapUdutan] h o t t e s t
ooxxo kapudpudutan [kapUdpUdutan] w h i l e s t i l l h o t
ooxoxo maki p l n n u d u t a n [ m a k l p i n n U d u t a n ]
i d i o m - t o f a n t h e embers
xxx p a l i l w [ p a l i q l U ] o b s e r v a t i o n
oxxx a g p a l l l w [ q a g p a l i q l U ] to o b s e r v e ( v i )
ooxxx a g p a l p a l i i w [qagpalpa11qlU] i s o b s e r v i n g
xxxo p a l l l w e n [ p a H q i w e n ] to observe ( v t )
oxoxxo a g p l n n a l l l w e n [ q a g p i n n a l i q l w e n ]
to o b s e r v e each o t h e r now
ooxxxo p a g p a l p a l l l w a n [ p a g p a l p a I I q i w a n ]
time a l l o t e d t o o b s e r v a t i o n
ooxoxx a g p l p i n n a l l i w [ q a g p i p i n n a 1 1 q l U ]
to observe one a n o t h e r
oooxooxx m a k l p a g p i n p i n n a l i i w [ m a k l p a g p i n p i n n a l i q l U ]
u n c a l l e d f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n a n o b s e r v a t i o n
xx a y a t [ q a y a t ] l o v e
oxx naayat [ n a q a y a t ] l o v i n g
xxlaquoo a y a t e n [ q a y a t e n ] to l o v e
oooxx nakaay-ayat [ n a k a q a l q a y a t ] l o v e l y
ooxx panagayat [ p a n a g a y a t ] way of l o v i n g
oxxo pagayatan [ p a g a y a t a n ] l i k i n g d e s i r e
oooooxx m a k i l n n a y a n - a y a t [ m a k l qinna 32aaqa y a t ]
to be i n l o v e w i t h
12
xx lemmeng oxx ilemmeng
oxxo llemmengan obullxox 1o aglinnemmengan
oxooxo aglilinnemmengan
[lemmen] i n h i d i n g [qllemmen] to h i d e [qllemmenan] to hide from [qaglinnemmenan] to hide from each other [ q c c g l l linnemme nan] to play hide-and-seek
ooxooxoo makilinlinnemmenganen [makllinlinnemmenanen] i s now p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n the game of hide-and-seek
The phonetic s t r e s s patterns of Ilokano may be summarized 43
as f o l l o w s
S t r e s s P a t t e r n Example Word Forms w i t h One Strong S t r e s s
(a) U l t i m a t e xx
xxx xxxx
(b) Penultimate
sandi balinsuek b a t l k u l e n g
xx xxx
xxxx xxxxx
sagad apigod talimudaw a l u m p l p i n i g
[sandiq] s u b s t i t u t e [ballnswek] upside down [ b a t l k U l e n ] g i z z a r d
[sagad] broom [qapigod] left-handed [tallmudaU] v e r t i g o [qalUmplpinig] wasp
i+3 D i s r e g a r d i n g the morpheme type - base or a f f i x -
to which the s y l l a b l e s belong S t r e s s i s the p e r t i n e n t aspect i n q u e s t i o n Each x represents a s y l l a b l e
128
(c) Antepenultimate xxxx karlssabong [karissabon]
young f r u i t 1
xxx1xxx agparintumengen [qagparlntumenen] bullto kneel kown now9
44 Word Forms with Two Stresses
(a) Pre-ultimate xxxxx nakaay-ayat xxxxx agllnnemmengan xxxxxx agllnllnnemmengan xxxxxxx makiinnayan-ayat
(b) Pre-penultimate x xx xx agblnnilangan xxxxxx maklblnnllangan x lxxx xx pagpalpaliiwan
xxxxxxxx makipagplnplnnalliw xxxxxxxx maklllnlinnemmenganen
(c) Pre-antepenultimate x^xxxx agplnnalllwen xxxxxxx makiblnbinnllanganen Rhythm results from the occurrence and recurrence of
strongly stressed and weakly stressed syllables in utterances
44 For the phonetic transcriptions and glosses refer
to pages 124 through 126
129
longer than the word In Ilokano- the syllable stress found at the word level generally retains its isolate-word identity in connected speech Por example
Palliwen no saan a napudot t i aglilinnemmengan [pallqiwen no saqan qa napudot t i qaglllin nemmenanj Observe i t i t is not too hot to play hide-and-seek
332 Length The suprasegmental feature of length [] is associshy
ated with the duration of articulation of sounds or syllables This duration or length of sounds is also called their quan-tity
In Ilokano length is a feature of prominence which is a complex of stress and length itself - at least in an open syllable occurring in i t i a l l y and medially Thus the fi r s t syllable is longer and therefore more prominent in plto [pitoq] pipette1 than i t is in pito [pltoq] seven
A syllable in final position however is always short whether or not i t is strongly stressed It takes as much time to pronounce [toq] as i t does [toq] in the examples above Other examples illustrate the point further
Compare bagl [raquobaglq] share and bagl [bagiq] body basa Cbasaq] read and basa [basaq] wet
139
Contoid l e n g t h Is r e a l i z e d as gemination The onset i n the a r t i c u l a t i o n of the f i r s t c o n t o i d of a geminate i s fol l o w e d by a ho l d or tenue and then w i t h a renewed momenshytum across the s y l l a b l e boundary the second contoid i s r e a l i z e d as the r e l e a s e or coda blending as i t were w i t h the next speech sound Por example
t u k k o l [ t U k o l ] gt [ t U k k o l ] break snap labba [ l a b a q ] ^ [labbaq] large basket serrek [ s e r e k ] y [ s e r r e k ] entrance S y l l a b l e - f i n a l contoids are long when fol l o w e d by
a g l o t t a l stop [ q ] thus n a l a p - i t [ n a l a p q l t ] bull p l i a b l e t
ud-od [qUdilaquoqod] bargain t
nasanHlt [nasamqlt] bullsweet b i n - i g [binqlg] purely e x c l u s i v e l y sang-aw [sonraquoqaU] breath b a l - e t [ b a l q e t ] between i
a g k i r - i n [ q a g k l r q i n ] to move s l i g h t l y pes-akan [pesqakan] to soak yarn or c l o t h
Vocoids are g e n e r a l l y lengthened at the end of quesshyt i o n s or statements This phenomenon of vocoid lengthening i s Induced by the suprasegmental fe a t u r e of i n t o n a t i o n However i t can be a f u n c t i o n of the i n d i v i d u a l speakers unique speech h a b i t s or i d i o l e c t and may thus be taken as an idiophone
333 Juncture P i t c h and I n t o n a t i o n
3331 Juncture From a phonetic point of view speech i s seldom d i v i d e d
i n t o words I n o v e r l y c a r e f u l speech Mapan ka i d i a y Go (you) t h e r e 1 i s u t t e r e d i n i t s i s o l a t e - w o r d forms [mccpan ka q l d y a l j ] when s a i d i n a n a t u r a l manner however i t i s r e a l i z e d as [mabullpankaldyal] The phenomenon of blending due t o a s s i m i l a t i o n [uk] and e l i s i o n [ k a q l ] gt [ k a l ] i s obvious P h o n e t i c a l l y t h e r e f o r e the sounds i n the whole utterance f o l l o w each other without i n t e r r u p t i o n there i s nothing whatever of an a r t i c u l a t o r y or a c o u s t i c nature which corresponds p r i n t w l s e to the white space between words Again t h i s demonstrates the concept of speech as a continuum and of w r i t i n g as an i n a c c u r a t e m a n i f e s t a t i o n of speech
The way i n which s y l l a b l e s blend together i n contextshyu a l speech i s here r e f e r r e d to as juncture As a demarcating de v i c e i n Ilokano t h a t i s t h i s suprasegmental f e a t u r e i s observed a t the end of a c e r t a i n span of s y l l a b l e s i t s u n i shyf y i n g i n f l u e n c e being coterminous w i t h i n t o n a t i o n I n f a c t grammatical c o n s i d e r a t i o n s along w i t h p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n are brought to bear upon juncture placement i n Ilokano
The Ilokano d i a l e c t i n question has only two juncture phones or junctones a non-terminal junctone [J] which i s aqbr i e f pampuse roughly equivalent t o that represented by a comma i n conventional orthography and a t e r m i n a l junctone
132
[||]raquo which represents a longer pause marking the end of a sentence The d i a l e c t does not have the i n t e r n a l plus junc-tone [+] c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of E n g l i s h which i s p e r c e p t i b l e and d i s t i n c t i v e i n such p a i r s as
[ bull n a l + t r e l t ] n i t r a t e and [naltH-relt] night r a t e [a+nelm] a name and [ a n e l m ] an aim
3332 P i t c h and I n t o n a t i o n P i t c h as an a c o u s t i c parameter of speech has been
determined by a c o u s t i c phonetics as the number or frequency of sound waves per second Low-pitched sounds have r e l a t i v e shyl y low frequency and a perceived r i s e i n p i t c h i s a c o r r e l a t e of the i n crease i n the number of sound waves per second
Some l i n g u i s t s describe p i t c h i n terms of l e v e l s c a l l e d p i t c h l e v e l s (PL) These may be i n d i c a t e d by numbers i n both phonetic and phonemic t r a n s c r i p t i o n s thus
P i t c h L e v e l Symbol Very High 4
High 3
Normal 2
Low 1
P i t c h l e v e l k i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d by emphatic and emotional speech Only the n a t u r a l speech i n Ilokano which makes use of the p i t c h phones [PL-^ 2 3] w i l l be considered i n the present d i s c u s s i o n
P i t c h v a r i a t i o n s g i v e a s y l l a b l e prominence more e f f e c -
133
t i v e l y than s t r e s s does Thus the s y l l a b l e [ p i n ] i n napintas [ n a p i n t a s ] 1 b e a u t i f u l 1 when s a i d on a monotone even w i t h exaggerated s t r e s s [ x x x ] i s not as prominent as when the s t r e s s i s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h p i t c h change e g 1 2 1
[napintas] However p i t c h prominence a t the morpheme l e v e l may be l o s t i n connected speech while s t r e s s i s more s t a b l e and the l a t t e r i s always on a s y l l a b l e w i t h a potenshyt i a l change of p i t c h
P i t c h v a r i a t i o n s during speech - a combination of two or more of the p i t c h phones - c o n s t i t u t e what i s c a l l e d a t e r m i n a l contour or i n t o n a t i o n I n t o n a t i o n may be i n d i shycated by the symbol [if ] [ ^ ] or [ J ] depending upon whether the p i t c h r i s e s f a l l s o f f or remains l e v e l and by the c i r c u m f l e x [^] or [gt^] f o r s u b t l e p i t c h changes r i s i n g - f a l l shyi n g or f a l l i n g - r i s i n g
Since juncture t i e s i n very c l o s e l y and i s coterminous w i t h i n t o n a t i o n both suprasegmentals share the same symbols thus
Symbol Juncture laquobdquo n bdquo bdquo I n t o n a t i o n
Short pause
Long pause
[ | fj Sustained or l e v e l ] F a l l i n g
R i s i n g 1 R i s i n g - f a i l i n g
sect 1 F a l l i n g - r i s i n g
134
The same example as the one g i v e n e a r l i e r - expanded or reduced - may be used to i l l u s t r a t e the combined supra-
45 segmental features of juncture p i t c h and i n t o n a t i o n
2 ]_ (a) Mapan ka i d i a y [ma pankql dyal^] Go th e r e
(b) Mapan ka [mapankaq^] You go
2 (c) Mapan ka [mapankaqI] You go
2 (d) I d i a y [ q l d y a l l ] To
(e) Mapan ka i d i a y [mapankaldyalj] You go t o
1 3 ( f ) I d i a y [ q l d y a l ^ ] Where
2 1 (g) I d i a y [ q l d y a l l ] There
2 3 2 (h) I d i a y [ q l d y a l J ] (Did you say) There
2 1 3 ( i ) Mapan ka i d i a y r m q p a n k q l d y a l T 1 You are going there
or You are going where k a d i ^46 _9 - 3 ngatg
( j ) Mapan ka V i d i a y [mqpankqkqdl ql d y a l ^ P ] bullngata j raquo
Are you going therelaquo x r 2 3 1 An (k) Mapan ka i d i a y [_ma pankql dyal T) Are you going there
45 Each p i t c h phone i s to be read as extending up t o
the next p i t c h phone e g the p i t c h phone [ 2 ] i n example (a) extends from [mq] to [ k q l ] the p i t c h s h i f t s to [ 1 ] In [ d y a l ]
46 The s t r u c t u r e words k a d i and ngata [nqtaq] perhaps
s i g n a l a question man [man] a request
135
x r 2 1 () Ma pan ka i d i a y saan kadi [mapankaldyal|
2 3 - ^7 sa qanka diqT] Youre going there arent you
(m) Napan ka saan [napankaq | saqanf] You went d i d n t you
2 1 2 3 (n) I d i a y d i kadi [ q l d y a l [ dlkadiqT]There i s n t i t
or 2 1 k 2 1
(o) I d i a y d l kadi [ q l d y a l l d l k a d i q l l T h e r e i s n t i t
(p) Mapan ka man i d i a y [m apankamanqldyal^] Could you please go there
(q) Mapan ka i d i a y eskwela mi wen
_2 3 l 3 2 bdquo 2 3 [mapankaldyal qeskwelami J weny or [wen raquo T ]
bullGo to our s c h o o l w i l l you
(ri) Wen mapan kami amin [ wen ma pankaml qamlnp Yes w e l l a l l go
47 Tag questions i n Ilokano d i s r e g a r d agreement i n
person number gender and tense Thus any of the utterances a t the l e f t (below) can mean any of those at the r i g h t
Saan kadi (Is i t (he she) Di kadi I - J I s n t i t (he she) Saan ( 1 Are (arent) you (they)
J J)o (Did) you (they )
9 W i l l (Could) you
136
(s) n l Juan n i R o s a r l o n i Ramon ken s i a k
1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 [ n l h w a n l n i ro sar ryoq | nlramon kensyakj] bullJohn R o s a r l o Ramon and I
(t) Maysa dwa t a l l o uppat
nl 2 i 1 2 i 1 2 i 2 1 I [ m a l 1 saq J bull dwaq j t a l 1 l o q I qUp pat IJ
One two thr e e f o u r
The combined suprasegmental features of p i t c h i n t o n shya t i o n and juncture (PIJ) may be summed up i n the f o l l o w i n g p a t t e r n s
Communication P I J P a t t e r n Examples S i t u a t i o n
Statement of f a c t C21J ] ( a) (s) () Command C21^] (a)
Request [323^] (p) H e s i t a t i o n u n c e r t a i n t y
or i n t e r r u p t e d speech [2 | ] (c) (d) (d) S e r i e s
or f (s) ( t ) [ 2 l | l 2 f ]
Yes-No questions [232Al or V (h) ( i ) ( j ) (k)
[213^] Echo questions [ 23^] ( f ) ( i ) Tag questions [2l|23^1
or ] (1) (m) (n) (o) (q) [2l|324]
Chapter 4
PHONEMIC ANALYSIS
The phonetic analysis in the preceding chapter has
specified the total range of speech sounds or phones -
largely the idiophones of the writer - in the cultivated
Ilokano dialect of Bayombong Nueva Vlzcaya A brief
inventory of the phones reveals 9 vocoids 19 contoids
12 vocoid chains 89 contoid c l u s t e r s2 strones 2 junc-
tones 4 pitch phones or tones and 5 terminal contours
not to mention the potential modifications of segments in
context such for instance as those of [ l ] which may be
labialized [ l w ] as in luag [ laquo l w w a g ] raquofroth
dentalized [ l ] as in paltat [pql tatl catfish
palatalized [if] as in liad [ raquolfyad] t ] _ e a n backward
velarized [] as in pllko [pikoq] bend
No attempt has however been made to account for
such extralingulstic factors as rate of speaking physical
and psychological state and the l ike which may be brought
to bear upon the actual or potential phonetic differences
and variability of the speech sounds To delve into such
phonetic minutiae would yield data too unwieldy to be treatshy
ed by the present attempt at a scientific description of the
sound pattern of Ilokano
^bullQ- Rationale for Phonemlzatlon Most l i n g u i s t s c o n c u r i n t h e b e l i e f t h a t i t i s
h i g h l y u n l i k e l y t h a t one e v e r makes e x a c t l y t h e same
group o f speech movements t w i c e i n a l i f e t i m e and i f one 48
does i t i s t o be a t t r i b u t e d t o chance r a t h e r t h a n t o law
M o r e o v e r j no p h o n e t i c t r a n s c r i p t i o n i s adequate enough t o
a c c o u n t f o r a l l t h e f l u c t u a n t speech sounds i n t h e r e p e r shy
t o i r e o f even one i n d i v i d u a l s p e a k e r
The p h o n e t i c a n a l y s i s can answer o n l y t h e q u e s t i o n
o f how speech sounds a r e r e a l i z e d 1 b u t i t does n o t g i v e
a n a c c o u n t o f w h i c h o r how many o f s u c h speech sounds a r e
l i n g u i s t i c a l l y r e l e v a n t i n communication T h i s l i m i t a t i o n
t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i n f i n i t e v a r i a b i l i t y o f t h e phones i n
a d i a l e c t o r more s p e c i f i c a l l y an i d i o l e c t emphasizes
t h e r e f o r e t h e i m p o r t a n c e o f a s t u d y o f o n l y t h e r e l e v a n t
and c o n s t a n t speech u n i t s T h i s i s t h e f u n c t i o n o f Phoneshy
mlzatlon w h i c h a c c o r d i n g t o Malmberg i m p l i e s t h e r e d u c shy
t i o n o f a n u n l i m i t e d number o f v a r i a n t s [ t h e phones] t o a
l i m i t e d number o f i n v a r i a n t s [ t h e phonemes] The s m a l l e r
t h e number t h e s i m p l e r t h e d e s c r i p t i o n and i t i s u n d e n i a b l e
t h a t i n any science 1 a d e s c r i p t i o n w h i c h needs a s m a l l e r
amount o f d a t a i s s u p e r i o r t o one w h i c h supposes a l a r g e r
number supposed t h a t t h e d e s c r i p t i o n i s e q u a l l y e x h a u s t shy
i v e A d e s c r i p t i o n w h i c h c h a r a c t e r i z e s a l i n g u i s t i c
48 W i l l i a m F r a n c i s Mackey1 Language Teaching A n a l y s i s
London Longmans Green amp Co1 L t d 1 9 6 51 Plaquo 48
139
system by means of 40 phonemes i s consequently i n p r i n -49
c i p l e j s u p e r i o r to one which uses 100 or 150
42 Determining the Set of Phonemes I t i s the task of t h i s s e c t i o n to answer the f o l l o w shy
i n g questions (1) what i s l i n g u i s t i c a l l y d i s t i n c t i v e and relevant and what i s not among the speech sounds set up on the b a s i s of a r t i c u l a t o r y phonetics and (2) how are these d i s t i n c t i v e and re l e v a n t u n i t s to be s p e c i f i e d
421 The Phoneme Concept A p o i n t of departure would be a d e l i n e a t i o n of what
i s sought f o r - the phoneme L i n g u i s t s have d i f f e r e n t views on what phonemes are some regard them as psycholoshyg i c a l u n i t s others as p h y s i c a l r e a l i t i e s w h i l e to s t i l l o t h ers they are both p s y c h o l o g i c a l and p h y s i c a l r e a l i t i e s The f o l l o w i n g are a few of the d i f f e r e n t concepts of the phoneme
a f a m i l y of sounds i n a given language which are r e l a t e d i n character and are used i n such a way t h a t no member ever occurs i n a word i n the same phonetic context as any other member -Jones
49 B e r t i l Malmberg S t r u c t u r a l L i n g u i s t i c s and
Human Communication New York Academic Press Inc 1963 PP 83-84
50 D a n i e l Jones The H i s t o r y and Meaning of the
Term Phoneme London I n t e r n a t i o n a l Phonetic Assoshyc i a t i o n 1957 P 14
140
a f u n c t i o n a l l y s i g n i f i c a n t u n i t i n the r i g i d l y d e f i n e d p a t t e r n or c o n f i g u r a t i o n of sounds p e c u l i a r to a language has no singleness of reference -Sapir51
a minimum u n i t of d i s t i n c t i v e sound fea t u r e The phonemes of a language are not sounds but merely features of sounds which the speakers have been t r a i n e d to produce and recognize i n the curshyr e n t of a c t u a l speech sound^Bloomfield-^
the phonemes of a language are the elements which stand i n c o n t r a s t w i t h each other i n the phono l o g i c a l system of the language a phoneme i n a given language i s defined only i n terms of i t s d i f f e r e n c e s from the other phonemes of the same language -Hockett53
a u n i t a r u b r i c a bundle of sound f e a t u r e s or a po i n t of c o n t r a s t a combination of features of sound (e g stop a r t i c u l a t i o n b i l a b i a l p o s i t i o n and v o i c i n g i n b or high and f r o n t tongue p o s i t i o n and absence of l i p - r o u n d i n g i n i ) which render one phoneme d i s t i n c t from another and which are th e r e f o r e known as d i s t i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s -Hall54
a l l phonemes denote nothing but mere otherness are bundles of concurrent f e a t u r e s -Jakobson and
Halle55
However v a r i e d the views a r e a t l e a s t three p i v o t a l concepts can be de r i v e d from them i e a phoneme i s a u n i t r e p r e s e n t i n g a c l a s s of sounds i t i s c o n t r a s t i v e and i t s occurence must be worked out w i t h i n a given language
51 W Freeman Twaddell On D e f i n i n g the Phoneme
i n M a r t i n Joos Readings i n L i n g u i s t i c s the development of d e s c r i p t i v e l i n g u i s t i c s i n America s i n c e 1925 Washington American C o u n c i l of Learned S o c i e t i e s 1957raquo P 59bull
I b i d p 62 53 C F Hockett pp c i t p 26
54 Robert A H a l l J r I n t r o d u c t o r y L i n g u i s t i c s New
York C h i l t o n Books 1964 p 79 55 Roman Jakobson and Morris H a l l e Fundamentals
of Language The Hague Mouton amp Co 1956 pp 5 11
141
422 A n a l y t i c Procedure Pikes Tagmemic Theory The l i n g u i s t s concepts of the phoneme are probably
as v a r i e d as t h e i r methods of i d e n t i f y i n g i t A comparashyt i v e methodology together w i t h the theory underlying each method belongs to the province of the phil0sophy of l a n g shyuage and t h e r e f o r e need not be attempted here
The present study takes a cue from Pikes tagmemic theory of determining the nature of a u n i t of r e l e v a n t human behavior such as l i n g u i s t i c behavior
Any u n i t of purposive human behavior P i k e says i s w e l l - d e f i n e d i f and only i f one describes i t i n r e f e shyrence t o (a) c o n t r a s t (and r e s u l t i n g i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ) (b) range of v a r i a t i o n (with i t s e s s e n t i a l p h y s i c a l manishyf e s t a t i o n ) and (c) d i s t r i b u t i o n ( i n c l a s s i n h i e r a r c h i -
56 c a l sequence and i n systemic m a t r i x )
The t r i m o d a l theory of a n a l y s i s g i v e n above may be
s t a t e d b r i e f l y thus Contrast
U n i t = V a r i a t i o n 57
D i s t r i b u t i o n
56 Kenneth L P i k e On Systemsof Grammatical S t r u c shy
t u r e i n Horace G Lunt (ed) Proceedings of the N i n t h I n t e r n a t i o n a l Congress of L i n g u i s t s The Hague Mouton amp Co 1964 p 14-5
57 -See a l s o Kenneth L P i k e Language i n R e l a t i o n to
I 142
P i k e f u r t h e r c h a r a c t e r i z e s the three components of a n a l y s i s as f o l l o w s
Contrast One does not know what an item i s u n t i l one knows what i t i s not Once items are thus separated o f f from others the c o n t r a s t i v e features i n f u r t h e r e n v i -vonments sometimes a l l o w f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of items even under co n d i t i o n s where one of two members of a contrast does not occur
V a r i a t i o n The m a n i f e s t a t i o n - or r e a l i z a t i o n - of the u n i t could vary s u b s t a n t i a l l y l e a d i n g t o e t i c v a r i a n t s or a l l o u n i t s
D i s t r i b u t i o n A w e l l - d e f i n e d u n i t i s a member of a c l a s s of u n i t s appropriate to a p a r t i c u l a r s l o t i n a
58 c o n s t r u c t i o n
A t the phonemic l e v e l of a n a l y s i s i n t h i s study the s p e c i f i c u n i t i s of course the phoneme The phonemes of the Ilokano d i a l e c t under i n v e s t i g a t i o n w i l l be determined using the formula
C U = V
D
a U n i f i e d Theory of the S t r u c t u r e of Human Behavior Glen-d a l e C a l i f Summer I n s t i t u t e of L i n g u i s t i c s 1954 V o l I Chapter 3raquo
58 Op c i t
bull7 143
where U = emic U n i t (the phoneme) C = Contrast (What the phoneme i s or more imshy
po r t a n t what i t i s not i n r e l a t i o n t o other phonemes i n the language)
V = V a r i a t i o n (What are i t s various manifestations or allophones)
D = D i s t r i b u t i o n (Where does each allophone a c t u a l l y or p o t e n t i a l l y occur)
I t was mentioned elsewhere that t h i s study employs the taxonomic procedure of segmentation and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n I n any c l a s s i f i c a t o r y s c i e n c e c e r t a i n features or items are taken i n t o account and others are subsumed or i n some cases are e v e n t u a l l y disregarded This i s the p r i n c i p l e of c l a s s i f i c a t i o n I n the process of phonemization the w r i t e r -confronted w i t h a v a r i e t y of e t i c u n i t s - assumes a phonemic
59 norm and r e l e g a t e s the other u n i t s t o the s t a t u s of v a r i a n t s
60
or allophones Thus by the c r i t e r i o n of phonetic s i m i l a r i t y she assumes i e a o and u as the phonemic norms f o r the nine e t i c segments [ i i ] [ecopy] [ a ctjraquo Co] and [ u u ] r e s p e c t i v e l y and h as that f o r [ h ] and [ n ] The
59 Por d e t a i l s about phonemic norm see P i k e Bhonemlos
pp 62 88 244 60
Allophones w i l l be discussed f u r t h e r under V a r i a t i o n and D i s t r i b u t i o n S e c t i o n 4222 of t h i s t h e s i s
t e n t a t i v e phonemes - I e the phonemic norms together w i t h the other segments and suprasegments - are then e s t a b l i s h e d as emic u n i t s of the Ilokano d i a l e c t using the t r i m o d a l scheme
Contrast U n i t = V a r i a t i o n
D i s t r i b u t i o n
4221 C O N T R A S T
Contrast as a l r e a d y pointed out i n v o l v e s statements about i d e n t l f i c a t i o n a l f e a t u r e s i ey what the emic u n i t I s e g 1 1 t i s a v o i c e l e s s d e n t a l stop Since statements of
61 t h i s type have been provided In the phonetic a n a l y s i s the phonemic a n a l y s i s i s more concerned about f i n d i n g what the emic u n i t i s not- e g t h a t o i s not u Thus emphasis i s placed on oppositions or c o n t r a s t s which w i l l be determined on the b a s i s of the c o n t r a s t i v e features or components - a l s o
62 known as d i s t i n c t i v e features - of each phoneme I n f a c t
61 Chapter 3laquo
62 I t w i l l be noted t h a t the f e a t u r e approach adopted
i n t h i s study u t i l i z e s a r t i c u l a t o r y features 1 and not those i n v o l v i n g a r t i c u l a t o r y - a c o u s t i c c o r r e l a t e s known as the Jakobsonian d i s t i n c t i v e features (Jakobson Fant and H a l l e P r e l i m l n a r 1 esy 1965) To a v o i d confusion- t h e r e f o r e the term components - r a t h e r than d i s t i n c t i v e features - w i l l henceforth be used
145
63 Hockett says
The s o l e f u n c t i o n of sound I n language i s to keep utterances apart 1 The phono l o g i c a l system of a la n g shyuage i s th e r e f o r e not so much a set of sounds as i t i s a network of d i f f e r e n c e s between sounds the elements of a phonological system cannot be defined p o s i t i v e l y i n terms of what they are but only negashyt i v e l y i n terms of what they are not what they conshyt r a s t w i t h
What1 f o r i n s t a n c e makes f o r the d i f f e r e n c e s between the f o l l o w i n g utterances
Umay tanto k l t a e n qu may tan t o k i tamp qen Well come and see i t
Umay danto k l t a e n qu may dan to k i ta qen T h e y l l come and see i t
Umay kan to kltaen qu may kan t o k i t f i qen bull I l l come and see you
Umay santo kltaen qu may san to k l t a qen H e l l come and then w e l l see i t
The schematic diagram on the next page may be an overshys i m p l i f i c a t i o n but i t serves to i l l u s t r a t e p r i n c i p l e s and procedures i 4 ey t h a t a t e n t a t i v e phoneme say t d e r i v e s i t s function and hence i t s i d e n t i t y as a phoneme i n the I l o shykano d i a l e c t from being i n c o n t r a s t i n one or more features w i t h other phonemes i n the d i a l e c t e gy w i t h d i n v o i c shying w i t h k i n p o i n t of a r t i c u l a t i o n 3 and w i t h s i n both
63 C F Hockett OJD1 c i t p 24
146
p o i n t and manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n The f o l l o w i n g componential a n a l y s i s shows the c o n t r a s t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p s
Phonemes t a M a
Dimensions of Contrast Components
V o i c i n g breath -vs- v o i c e breath breath
P o i n t of Art d e n t a l d e n t a l -vs- v e l a r -vs- a l v e o l a r
Manner of Art StOTD
laquogt mdash stop stop -vs- f r i c a t i v e
Viewed i n t h i s l i g h t a phoneme - such as t - i s a p o i n t 1ft a network of f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r a s t s i n the phon o l o g i c a l system of I l o k a n o thus
p t mdash k ^ s
d
I n i t s passage from phone to phoneme through contrast each t e n t a t i v e phoneme i s subjected t o a commutation t e s t -a t e s t which i n v o l v e s the c o n t r a s t i v e s u b s t i t u t i n g of sounds i n order t o i d e n t i f y or r e i f y them as phonemes The devices used f o r such a t e s t i n c l u d e the f o l l o w i n g
(1) Minimal p a i r s A minimal p a i r i s a s e t ot two words the s u b s t i t u t i o n a d d i t i o n or s u b t r a c t i o n of one segshyment of which makes f o r a d i f f e r e n c e i n meaning e g ml miq our vs mo moq your 1
147
(2) Minimal t r i p l e t s ( a l s o quadruplet or q u i n t u p l e t ) i n v o l v i n g d i f f e r e n c e s i n three items e g n i n i q the (prenominal) 1 vs na naq h i s h e r i t s vs no noq i f p o s s i b l y vs the expression ne neq here i t i s
(3) Subminimal p a i r s two items so d i f f e r i n g i n s i m i l a r (not i d e n t i c a l as i n the case of minimal p a i r s ) enshyvironments For example the subminimal p a i r viahe vya heq tasavel vs b l a l a byiS l a q a k i n d of f i s h can r e i f y v and b as separate phonemes i n the Ilokano d i a l e c t
42211 Vowels Another componential a n a l y s i s w i l l r e v e a l that Ilokano
vowel phonemes d i f f e r i n e i t h e r or both of the dimensions of c o n t r a s t tongue height and tongue advancement Since a l l the vowels are normal vowels i t f o l l o w s that l i p p o s i t i o n i s automatic n o n - d i s t i n c t i v e i n Ilokano and t h e r e f o r e need not be inc l u d e d as one of the dimensions of c o n t r a s t
Examples t a t a q we vs t l t i q the vs to t o q l a t e r
Componential a n a l y s i s Phonemes
A a of
Dimensions of Contrast Components
mdash
Tongue h t c l o s e -vs- open -vs- half-open Tongue adv f r o n t f r o n t -vs- back ( L i p pos) (spread (neutral] (rounded)
148
H i s t o r i c a l l y the Ilokano vowel system i n v o l v e d a three-way c o n t r a s t i n tongue height
Close -vs-
Half-open -vs-
Open
bull
a
u
a
a
and a three-way c o n t r a s t i n tongue advancement
Front
I --vs- C e n t r a l
- 79 -
_vs- Back bull u
a u
hence the vowel p a t t e r n
A u
7a
a
I t i s assumed i n t h i s t h e s i s (Sec 16) that a borshyrowed sound i s a s s i m i l a t e d i n t o the n a t i v e phonemic system
149
when the l o a n i s i n common use by n a t i v e speakers of the language Thus w i t h the i n f l u x i n t o the Ilokano l e x i c o n of q u i t e a number of f o r e i g n words - mostly Spanish -which are c u r r e n t l y used by the n a t i v e speakers the phon-enes e and o have become a s s i m i l a t e d i n t o the Ilokano phonemic code
The l i s t below gives only a l i m i t e d sampling of the vast number of Spanish loans i n the Ilokano d i a l e c t
asenso qa sen soq bullpromotion 1
bolero bo le r o q a short jack e t dosena do se naq bulldozen espeho qes pe hoq bullmirror f r e s k o f r e s koq f r e s h Guerrero ger r e r o q a f a m i l y name Jose ho seq bullJoseph huego hwe goq game gambling Isabelo q i sa be l o q a boys name koreo ko r e yoq mail l e t t e r Leon l e yon bulla boys name melon me Ion cantaloupe Noviembre no vyem breq November onse qSn seq eleven pareho pa re hoq bullthe same s i m i l a r r e l o r e l 5 q bullclock time p i e c e Soledad so l e dacl bulla g i r l s name
15Q
torpe t o r peq stup i d uso qu soq usage custom voses vo1 s e s voice welga wel gaq s t r i k e (of workers) y e r r o yer ro q galvanized i r o n sheet
I n t e r e s t i n g l y enough probably f o r s o c i a l and psychoshyl o g i c a l reasons - Spanish being considered as a p r e s t i g e language by many F i l i p i n o s - the e even g r a d u a l l y replaced the n a t i v e tense schwa 9 r e l e g a t i n g the l a t t e r to the st a t u s of an allophone a t l e a s t a f r e e v a r i a n t of e For example many Ilokanos g e n e r a l l y pronounce the orthographic e as e i n s t e a d of B i n such n a t i v e Ilokano words as
buteng bu t e n lt [bU t a n ] f e a r emma qem mampq lt [q9mmaq] meekness k e t t e l e n ket t e leh c C k a t t s Ian] to pluck ( f l o w e r s e t c )
Obviously the superstratum i n f l u e n c e reshaped the i n shydigenous Ilokano vowel p a t t e r n (see page 147) i n t o
- u
F i g 2 10 Ilokano Vowel P a t t e r n
151
The f o l l o w i n g commutation t e s t s f o r c o n t r a s t s serve t o i d e n t i f y and r e i f y the vowel phonemes shown i n Fi g u r e 10
42211 (a) Contrasts i n a l l dimensions -
H i M l i q town E l l qpound l i q bulla nickname 1
a l l q f i l i q s t a i n 1
o i l qo l i q bull v i n y l u l l qult l i q ascent
b i l a n g b l l a n number Belo be l o q a boys nickname b a l a ba l a q b u l l e t bo l a bo l a q b a l l bulo bu l o q a v a r i e t y of bamboo
d i l d i l d i l d f l bull l i c k l a p d e l d e l d e l d S V smear 1
d a l d a l daL d a l p r a t t l e d o l l a r d o i l y a r d o l l a r d u l d o l d u l dol bull i n s i s t e n c e
152
42211 (b) Contrasts i n tongue height -
A
e inna q l n riaq mothers 1 vs enna qen naq s a l t water s i k o s i koq elbow vs seko se koq dry s i l o s i l o q l a s s o vs Celo se l o q a boys nickname
i l - 1 1 q i l q i l whimper vs e l - e l q e l q e l groove l i n e s i l y a s i l l y a q c h a i r vs s e l y o s e i l y o q stamp s e a l s ims im sim sim t a s t e vs s ems em sem sem annoyance
u
o
kura ku r a q cl e r g y vs Cora ko r a q a g i r l s nickname pulo pu1 l o q ten vs polo p o i l o q polo s h i r t puso pu soq heart vs poso p6 soq a r t e s i a n w e l l tudo t u doq r a i n vs todo t o doq a l l tuyo t u yoq r i c e bran vs toyo t6 yoq soy sauce
gumi gu miq cotton b a l l vs goma go maq rubber lumut l u 1 mut moss vs lomo l o moq l o i n l u t o l u t o q cooking vs l o t e l o t e q l o t l a n t uray qu r a y wait vs oras qS r a s hour time yuvem yu yem cloudy vs yoyo yo yoq yoyo (a t o y )
15
e
a
e l - e l q e l q e l groove l i n e vs a l - a l q a l q amp l panting i s p e l q i s p e l o b s t r u c t i o n i n the t h r o a t vs i s p a l
q l s ppoundl defense Peggy pe g i q a g i r l s name vs pagl palt g i q ray f i s h pekpek pek pek f u l l y s t u f f e d vs pakpak pak pak a k i n d
of r a t t l e sepsep sep sep gnat vs sapsap sap sap a k i n d of f i s h
o
a
apo qa poq l o r d vs apa qa paq q u a r r e l aso qa soq dog vs asa qa saq whet hone asok qa sok smoke vs asak qa sak pass through t h i c k e t s baro ba r o q young man vs bara ba r a q lungs no noq i f vs na rfaq h i s her i t s P i o pyoq Pius vs p i a pyaq health s i k o s i koq elbow vs s l k a s i kaq dysentery to t o q l a t e r vs t a t a q our we oras qo r a s time hour vs aras qa r a s mouth disease
of c h i l d r e n
154
42211 (c) Contrasts i n tongue advancement -
u
a d i qa d i q r e f u s a l d i s l i k e 1 vs adu qa duq many
H o q i l o q t o i l e t paper vs u l o qu l o q head H o g q i l o g creek vs ulog qu l o g descent ima q i maq hand vs uma qu1 maq impatience s u r f e i t l n i t qi n i t sun vs i n u t q i nut a l i t t l e a t a time i t a n g q i t a n a k i n d of f e r n vs utang qui t a n debt p i d i t p i d i t earlobe vs pld u t p i dut a t h i n g picked up s l k a s i kaq you vs suka su kaq vinegar t i m i d t i mid chin vs timud t i mud heed
e mdash o
d i e s dyes dime vs Dios dy5s God
kotye kot t y e q car vs kotyo kot tyoq s l i p p e r shoe Hemy r e miq a g i r l s name vs Romy r o miq a boys name saem sa qem intense pain vs saom sa qom your word seda se daq s i l k vs soda so daq soda tuleng tu l e u deaf vs tulong tu lonjf help
The front-versus-back c o n t r a s t does not occur a t the lowest l e v e l i n the Ilokano vowel p a t t e r n
155
4 pound212 Consonants
E a r l i e r i n t h i s chapter i t was s c h e m a t i c a l l y shown th a t jjust l i k e the vowels each Ilokano consonant phoneme i s a bundle of phono l o g i c a l components or d i s shyt i n c t i v e f e a t u r e s t h a t consonants c o n t r a s t w i t h each other i n two main dimensions p o i n t of a r t i c u l a t i o n and manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n t h a t v o i c i n g i s a t h i r d dimenshys i o n of c o n t r a s t among stops and f r i c a t i v e s and tha t by a t l e a s t one of i t s components a consonant i s s e t o f f from every other consonant i n the system 1
With a view to e s t a b l i s h i n g the e n t i r e consonant p a t t e r n of Ilokano 1 the subsequent d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l f u r t h e r i d e n t i f y each of the phonemes as a point of reference i n an i n t e r l o c k i n g network of c o n t r a s t s
One technique f o r e s t a b l i s h i n g the phonemes i s to group them i n t o s e r i e s or bundles i n which one phonoloshyg i c a l f e a t u r e i s kept constant and others v a r i a b l e A p a r a l l e l s e r i e s of oppositions or c o n t r a s t s based on the same fe a t u r e i s c a l l e d c o r r e l a t i o n
4 pound212 (a) Voice versus Breath
Ilokano has a c o r r e l a t i o n of vo i c e between some stops and f r i c a t i v e s - p t k f vs b d g v - thus
156
Breath Stop p
F r i c
64
Voice Stop
F r i c
b
v
The f o l l o w i n g minimal p a i r s w i l l e s t a b l i s h the f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r a s t or c o r r e l a t i o n of v o i c e
p
b
apa qa paq wafer vs aba qa baq a k i n d of desiduous p l a n t 1
apay qa pay why1 vs abay qa bay beside apog qa pog lime vs abog qamp bog drive away atap qa t a p wedge vs atab qa tab flo o d t i d e pagay pa gay r i c e p l a n t vs bagay ba gay f i t t i n g pa l a pa l a q shovel vs ha l a ha l a q b u l l e t para pa r a q stop vs bara bk r a q heat parot pa r o t uproot vs barot bS r o t wire patang pa t a n conversation vs batang ba tpoundn ones t u r n payat pa y a t step vs bayat ba y a t while
64 Note th a t the dimension of c o n t r a s t under c o n s i shy
d e r a t i o n Is i n d i c a t e d by means of heavy l i n e s the broken l i n e s merely show p o s i t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between phonshyemes i n the t o t a l phoneme p a t t e r n t h a t i s to be evolved
15
P a t a y P a t a y death vs batay ba t a y step l a d d e r P u o t P u qot awareness vs buot bu qot mildew siripound s i r i p peek vs s i r i b s i r i b wisdom t a e P t a qep r i c e c h a f f or h u l l vs taeb t a qeV
contemporary
A
a
baket ba k i t old woman vs baked ba ked brawn
batanfi b a t a n ones t u r n vs badang ba dan large bolo bavat ba y a t duration vs bayad b l yad payment bukot bu k o t back vs bukod bu kod by or f o r o n e s e l f i g a t qt g a t e e l vs igad qi gad grater i t a q i t a q now vs i d a q i daq them i t l q i t i q the vs i d i q i dpoundq before P i l i t ppound l i t i n s i s t e n c e vs p i l i d pf l i d wheel s i l e t s i l e t small i n t e s t i n e s vs s i l e d s i l i d room t a t a q we ( d u a l ) vs da daq they tawa t a waq window vs dawa da waq f r u i t of r i c e p l a n t tukot t u k o t bottom vs tukod t u kod fathom measure t ePP^ ] Aep p e l r e s t r a i n t vs deppel dep pSl thumbmark
158
A
g
batok ba t o k dive vs batog ba t o g row bennek ben nek mollusk vs benneg ben neg a i s l e 1
bettek bet t e k a bundle of r i c e vs betteg bet t e g d i s t i n c t i o n
kapas ka pas cotton vs gapas ga pas harvest kawat ka wat anchor vs gawat ga wat famine k i t a k J t a q kind c l a s s vs g i t a gpound taqvenom kunnot kun n o t suck vs gunnot gun not fibrous t i s s u e 1
kura ku r a q c l e r g y vs gura gu raqhatred k u r i k o r ku r i k o r earpick vs g u r l g o r gu r l gor fever n a r u k i t na r u kpoundt c u l t i v a t e d vs n a r u g i t narru g i t d i r t y sukat su k a t measurement vs sugat su g a t wound taktaktak t a k delay vs tagtag_ tag t a g shake
f
v
f a l d a f a l daq s k i r t vs Valda (pas t i l i a s de) v a l daq
bull t a b l e t s f o r sore t h r o a t f i n o f f noq f i n e vs vino vpound noq wine C l e o f e k l y S f e q a g i r l s name vs H a v e l y a veq key
159
f a l s o f a l soq d e f e c t i v e vs v a l s e v a l seq waltz fecha f e t t y a q date vs vechin vet t y i n a brand of
sodium glutamate f e r i a f e r r y a q f a i r c a r n i v a l vs verde ver deq green f i e s t a fyes t a q f e a s t h o l i d a y vs VIernes vySr nes
bullFriday f u e r a fwe r a q besides except vs vuelo vwe l o q f l i g h t i n f i e r n o q i n f y e r noq h e l l vs Noviembre no vyem breq
November Rufino r u f i noq a boys name vs Gavlno ga v i noq
bulla boys name
42212 (b) Contrasts i n P o i n t of A r t i c u l a t i o n Along t h i s dimension Ilokano has i n i t s stops
a four-way - although not o v e r - a l l - c o n t r a s t i n v o l v i n g b i l a b i a l - d e n t a l - v e l a r - g l o t t a l p o s i t i o n The stops and nasals e x h i b i t a l a b i a l - d e n t a l - v e l a r bundle of c o r r e l a shyt i o n s thus
p ^ t k q bull i i 1 t b d g bull i i i i i bull i i
m n n In the semiconsonants there i s of course a two-
way c o n t r a s t - b i l a b i a l and a l v e o l a r
160
There i s a three-way c o n t r a s t between breath f r i c a shyt i v e s i e l a b i o d e n t a l - a l v e o l a r - v e l a r The f r i c a t i v e s introduce a dioramic p a t t e r n of c o n t r a s t i v e r e l a t i o n s h i p s
65 or c o r r e l a t i o n w i t h the stops thus
f t
m n
w
U n l i k e the vowels the consonants do not lend themselves to f o r m u l a t i o n i n o v e r l y neat symmetrical p a t t e r n For example the l a c k of p a r a l l e l o p p o s i t i o n between q and a f r i c a t i v e or a voiced c o r r e l a t e leaves
65 The diagonal c o r r e l a t i o n s i n point of a r t i c u l a shy
t i o n between stops and f r i c a t i v e s - p t k b vs f s h v -are a l s o the c o r r e l a t e s i n manner To avoid d u p l i c a t i o n the c o r r e l a t i o n s w i l l be e x e m p l i f i e d under the l a t t e r c a t e shygory
161
a l i n g u i s t i c hole or case v i d e i n the Ilokano consonant system This phenomenon can be considered a l i n g u i s t i c u n i v e r s a l f o r as Edward S a p i r s a i d no language forms a water t i g h t system and we should be s u s p i c i o u s i f too p r e t t y a p i c t u r e r e s u l t s from the phonemic a n a l y s i s of a p h o n e t i c a l l y a s s y m e t r i c a l s i t u a t i o n
Adopting the term i n s o c i o m e t r i c s the g l o t t a l s top q may be considered an i s o l a t e i n the whole p a t t e r n i e i t c o n t r a s t s w i t h only one phoneme k To f u l l y e s t a b l i s h i t s i d e n t i t y i t w i l l be contrasted w i t h a l l the other breath stops - p t k vs q
The use of minimal t r i p l e t s minimal p a i r s and subminimal p a i r s w i l l e s t a b l i s h c o r r e l a t i o n s along the point-dimension of c o n t r a s t thus
p t k
pay pay yet s t i l l 1 vs tay t a y the we vs kay kay you
sapsap sap sap a k i n d of f i s h vs s a t s a t s a t s a t rip ( c l o t h e s ) vs saksak sak sak stab
s i p s i p a n s i p s i pan to s i p vs s l t s l t a n s i t s i t a n to d r a i n vs s i k s l k a n s i k s i kan to remove the s c a l e s of a f i s h
162
b d g
sabsab sab sab voracious e a t i n g 1 vs sadsad sad siad aground vs sagsag sag sag ruined
bawbaw baw baw t o p l e s s r o o f l e s s vs dawdaw daw daw extended p a r t vs gawgaw gaw gaw starch
m n y
lmama q i ma maq to chew something w i t h b e t e l nut vs lnana q i na haq r e s t vs lnganga q i na naq to open the mouth
semsem sem sem annoyance vs sensen sen sen compress vs sengseng sen sen s t u f f
p t
p e l p e l p e l p e l s t u f f e d mouth vs t e l t e l t e l t i l nape pulong pu Ion assembly vs tulong Aft Ion help purong pu r5n a k i n d of f i s h vs turong t u r o n trend putot pu t o t progeny vs t u t o t t u t o t r e s i n sap r l k e p r i kep shutter vs r i k e t r i k i t d i f f i c u l t y
A k
ary e t qar y e t a s c a r l s vs aryek qar yek t i c k l e t a t a q we the two of us vs ka kaq you
tabo ta boq dipper vs kabo kpound boq corporal
t a l i ta l i q rope vs k a l i ka l i q hawk
tapa ta paq dried meat vs kapa ka paq cape
A q
amak qa mak my father vs ama qa maq father
baket ba ket old woman vs baet ba qet between
bukot bit kot back vs buot bu qot mildew mold
k i l o kpound loq kilogram vs l l o q i loq to i let paper
kapa ka paq cape vs apa qa paq wafer
tako ta koq dipper vs tap ta qoq person
t q
bato ba toq stone vs bao ba qoq rat
rangtay ran tay bridge vs rang-ay ran qay progress
sangit sa a i t cry vs sangi sa niq molars
tasa ta saq cup vs asa qa saq hone whet
tayab ta yab f l ight vs ayab qa yab c a l l
tidda t id daq remainder vs idda qid daq bed
tubo tu boq sprout shoot vs ubo qu boq leak
p q
paypa^ pay pay fan vs ay-ay qay qay pi ty
sapad samp pad bunch of bananas vs saad sa qad s tatus
sapo sa poq ointment vs sao sa qoq word
164
t s
f l a n s a fyan saq b a i l vs s l a n s l syan s i q spatula f lno ft noqfine vs s i n o s i noq who f u e r t e fwer t e q strong vs suerte swer t e q lucky Hufo r u f o q a boys name vs Ruso r u soq Russian
s h
a s l qa s i q compassion vs a h i t qpound h i t shave L i s a i f saq a g i r l s name vs l i h a lpound haq sandpaper mason ma son mason vs mohon mo hon landmark ra s a r a saq race of man vs raha r a haq c h i e f t a i n Sues swes Suez Canal vs hues hwes judge
b d
bagas ba g5s r i c e vs dagas da g5s stopover banag ba nag outcome vs danag ampamp nag worry bara ba r a q heat vs dara da r a q blood bua bwaq areca nut vs dua dw5q two kurab ku rab a b i g b i t e vs kurad k f i r a d ringworm
d mdash g
a d a l qa d a l l e a r n i n g vs a g a l qpound g a l complaint allnedned qa l i ned ried u t t e r darkness vs allnegneg
qa l i neg neg depths
165
bangad ba nad stubborn vs bangag ba nag low pitched
betted bet ted cramps vs betteg bet teg dist inct
dapo da pSq ashes vs gapo ga poq reason cause
dita di tSq there vs gita gi taq o i ly taste of nuts
tulad tu lad imitate vs tulag tu lag agreement
turod tu rod h i l l vs turog tu rog sleep
udaod qu da qod bow (viol in) vs ugaog qu ga qog
bullweeping
umadaw qu mamp daw to borrow f ire from a neighbor vs
umagaw qu ma gaw to snatch away
m n
ammong qam mon p i le heap vs annong qan nSn burden
amag qa mag mold mildew vs anag q5 nag implication
ayam qa yarn chicken t ick vs ayan qa ySn place
damag da mag news vs danag da nag worry
manang mC nan s ister vs nanang nS nan mother
matay ma tay w i l l die vs natay na tay died
mo mSq your vs no n6q ifraquo
n n
aneo qa nep diligence vs angep qa nep fog
bulan bu lan moon vs bulang bu lan cockfighting
na naq his her i t s vs nga naq raquoa ligature
nepneo nep nep rainy days vs ngepngeo nep nep darkness
tunaw tfi naw dissolve vs tungaw tfi naw i tch bug
166
w- - y
awan qa wan nothing 1 vs ayan qa yan where nawaya na wa yaq at l i b e r t y spacious vs nayaya
na ya yaq dissuaded wakawakan wa ka wa kan to s p r i n k l e w i t h powder vs
yakayakan ya ka ya kan sieve
42212 (c) Contrasts i n Manner of A r t i c u l a t i o n
Ilokano has a six-way c o n t r a s t i n t h i s dimension thus
Stops
amp
F r i c a t i v e s
Nasals
L a t e r a l
F l a p
Semivowels w
167
Two aspects of the p a t t e r n should be noted F i r s t two p o t e n t i a l d i s t i n c t i o n s i n the voiced f r i c a t i v e s e r i e s are not u t i l i z e d s i n c e Ilokano l a c k s the d e n t a l and v e l a r v oiced f r i c a t i v e s z and jj r e s p e c t i v e l y Secondly there are two sets of c o r r e l a t i o n i e the s t o p - f r i c a shy t i v e c o r r e l a t i o n p t k b vs ff s h v and the stop-nashy s a l c o r r e l a t i o n b d g vs m n n
The f o l l o w i n g l i s t of minimal p a i r s minimal t r i p l e t s -and subminimal p a i r s w i l l f u r t h e r e s t a b l i s h the emic s t a t u s of the consonants
p
ff
piano pya noq piano vs f l a n s a fyan saq b a i l puerta pwer t a q entrance vs f u e r t e fwer t e q strong piko pf koq pick ax vs f i h o f f hoq sure c e r t a i n p i l i pi l i q choice vs f l l a f l l a q f i l e l i n e p r i s o p r f soq prisoner vs f r l t o f r f t o q f r i e d punto pun t o q i n t o n a t i o n twang vs fundo fun doq fund
a l a t qa l a t f i s h basket vs a l a s qa l a s indecency
168
bata ba t a q bathrobe vs basa ba saq read k u t i t ku t i t rump vs k u s i t ku s i t d e c e i t t a r a t a r a q an aromatic p l a n t vs sara sa r a q a n t l e r tanga t a naq s t u p i d vs sanga sa naq branch t a t a t a t a q uncle vs tasa t a saq cup tawar t a war bargain vs sawar sa war search
A
A
kaka ka kaq elder s i b l i n g vs kaha ka haq box case K i k o k i koq a boys name vs iho q i hoq son k o l a ko l a q paste vs h o i en h6 l e n marbles ( t o y ) kuetes kwe t e s f i r e w o r k s vs hueteng hwe t e n r a f f l e piko pf koq pick ax vs f i h o fa hoq c e r t a i n sure pikon pf kon f o l d vs bihon bf hon r i c e s t i c k s
V
A
bara ba r a q heat vs vara va r a q a v a r i a b l e u n i t of l e n g t h about 28 f e e t
bienes bye nes r e a l e s t ate property vs Viernes vyer nes Friday
b i s i l bf s i l gravel vs v i s t a v i s t a q view
169
V
m
agob qa gob smell of o l d r i c e vs agora qa gom covet ayab qa yab c a l l vs ayam qa yam chicken t i c k balo b 5 l o q widow(er) vs malo msect l o q wooden c l u b 1
batay ba t a y support vs matay ma t a y to d i e bayo bH yoq pounding vs Mayo ma yoq May buyot bu y o t troops vs muyot mu y o t craze berber ber ber d r a f t vs mermer mer mer dust shower labes l a bes beyond vs lames l a mes f i s h
d
n
agadi qa ga d i q two consecutive s i b l i n g s vs agani qa ga n i q harvester
da daq they t h e i r vs na riaq h i s her i t s indayon q i n da yon swing vs innayon q i n na yon
added t o
g
agot qa g o t ointment vs angot qa not smell
Pia-g hyag l i f e vs biang byan care concern
170
bulog bu I6g uncastrated male a n i m a l 1 vs bulong bu log l e a f 1
gerger ger ger grooved l i n e vs ngernger ner n e r s n a r l
kulugen ku l u gen to shake vs kulungen ku l u nen to fence i n
m
w
ama qa maq my f a t h e r vs awa qa waq a l a r g e m i l k f i s h ameng qa men miser vs aweng qa wen resonance ima qf 1 maq hand vs iwa q l waq s l i c e kammet kam met a ha n d f u l vs kawwet kaw wet cockspur
n
A
a g n i s n i s qag n i s nls to wipe w i t h a r a g vs a g l i s l i s qag l i s l i s to tuck up ones sleeves or s k i r t
agnutnot qag nut n o t to thumbsuck vs a g l u t l o t qag l u t l o t to become muddy
nana na naq pus vs lana l a naq o i l nawnawen naw namp wen to d i s s o l v e vs lawlawen
law l a wen to surround
171
nlwniw nlw nlw v e r t i g o vs l f w l l w l i w law f i s h i n g rod nungnungan nun nu nan to f a v o r vs lunglungan
lug l u nan kitchen u t e n s i l s
r
labong l a hog loose vs rabong r a bon7 bamboo shoot l a em l a qem house proper vs raem r a qem respect l ames l a mes f i s h vs rames r a mes d i s r e s p e c t J-asl l a s l q d a n d r u f f vs r a s l r a s l q q u a l i t y of
being f r a g i l e l i a l i l i ya l i q sway vs r i a r i r i ya r i q male c i c a d a n a l a y l a y na l a y l a y w i l t e d vs narayray na ray r a y
burning s p a r k l i n g s a l a sa l a q dance vs sara sac r a q horns
r
y
ragrag rag r a g r u i n vs yagyag yag yag i n s u l t reprep rep r e p crowd vs yepyep yep yep quiet rukurok r u ku1 rok erosion vs yukuyok yu ku yok
sieve
wara wa r a q l i t t e r vs waya wa yaq spare time
172
P i g 11 Ilokano Consonant P a t t e r n (A Summary)
n
1
r
y
173
42213 Suprasegmental Prosodemes
The p o s s i b i l i t i e s of overlapping or i n t e r l o c k i n g of suprasegmental features are u n l i m i t e d However j u s t as i n the case of the e t i c a n a l y s i s (Sec 33)raquo the features are here t r e a t e d i n d i v i d u a l l y i n order to estabshyl i s h - or not e s t a b l i s h - t h e i r i d e n t i t y as prosodemes
From the w e l t e r of e t i c data the w r i t e r assumes the f o l l o w i n g features as emic norms to be e s t a b l i s h e d as separate prosodemes through c o n t r a s t
Dimensions of Contrast Features
A S t r e s s (x = s y l l a b l e ) xx vs xx
Length Vowel V vs V Consonant c vs cc
P i t c h I n t o n a t i o n and Juncture (PIJ) l vs 3
2 vs 3
3 vs V
2 vs l
4 vs
I vs r
174
42213 (a) S t r e s s On pages 127 and 128 of t h i s t h e s i s i s a summary of
the e t i c s t r e s s patterns of Ilokano The present a n a l y s i s i s concerned not about such patterns per se but whether or not s t r e s s i s an emic u n i t a t a l l i n the language Once the emic s t r e s s or stroneme i s e s t a b l i s h e d the stroneme patterns can l i k e w i s e be e s t a b l i s h e d - t h i s i s the domain of Sec 4222 V a r i a t i o n and D i s t r i b u t i o n Thus only the two-way c o n t r a s t of s t r e s s - i e weak (unmarked) versus strong () - w i l l be considered here
That Ilokano has a weak-strong c o n t r a s t i n s t r e s s i s evidenced by the f o l l o w i n g minimal p a i r s
agraman qag ra man i n c l u d i n g vs qag r a man to t a s t e anayen qa na yen to be consumed by t e r m i t e s vs
qa na-yen to make complete o r r s u f f i c i e n t ayam qamp yam play game vs qa yam chicken t i c k bawang ba wan g a r l i c vs ba wlln ravine data da1 t a q supine p o s i t i o n vs da t a q the two of us daya da yaq east vs da yaq gathering i t a y a q i t a yaq to r e c e i v e vs q i t a yaq to bet k a l i ka 1 l i q d i t c h vs ka l i q hawk kayo ka yoq tree vs ka yoq you ( p l u r a l ) p i l a w ppound law blemish vs p i iaw pool of stagnant water sanga samp naq l a r v a of c l o t h e s moth vs sa naq branch
175
suso su soq breast vs su sSq f a k i n d of s n a i l tayab t 5 yab earthen pot vs t a yfib f l i g h t
42213 (b) Length (1) Vowel Length I n Ilokano v o c a l i c l e n g t h i s phonetic and automatic
i e- i t co-occurs w i t h s t r e s s a t l e a s t i n an open s y l l a b l e The c o n t r a s t i n the f o l l o w i n g minimal p a i r s i s a f u n c t i o n of the s t r e s s w i t h which the vowel length i s co-occurrent
badang [ba dog] bamp dan help vs [badan] ba dan large bolo
bara [baraq] ba r a q heat vs [baraq] ba r a q lungs
g i t a L 1 S i bull t a q ] g i t a q venom vs [ g l t a q ] g i t a q o i l y t a s t e of nu t s
s i k a [sikaq] s i kaq dysentery vs [slkaq] s i kaq you
tudo [tudoq] t u doq r a i n vs [tUdoq] t u doq point
tugot [tugot] t u g o t bring vs [tUgot] t u g 5 t f o o t p r i n t
The f o l l o w i n g examples i n which the vowel i n both the weakly- and the s t r o n g l y - s t r e s s e d c l o s e d s y l l a b l e s i s lengthened w i l l f u r t h e r prove that vowel length i s merely a phonetic - even i d i o s y n c r a t i c - r e a l i z a t i o n
176
laquoV V [badan] [gitaq] [tudoq]
or [raquobadan] ba dan help or [gitaq] gi t a q venom or [tudoq] t u doq r a i n
V V V
[badan] [ g l t a q ]
or [badan] ba dan large bolo or [ g l t a q ] g i t a q o i l y t a s t e of nuts
[tU i fdoq] or [tUlaquodoq] t u doq point
Therefore vowel l e n g t h whether or not i t co-occurs w i t h stress i s not phonemic i n Ilokano s i n c e i t does not c o n s t i t u t e a meaningful or f u n c t i o n a l c o n t r a s t This geneshyr a l i z a t i o n can be s t a t e d i n the r u l e
Ilokano consonants have a two-way co n t r a s t i n l e n g t h A p h o n e t i c a l l y long consonant [ C ] becomes or i s i n t e r shypreted phonemically as geminate - i e a sequence of two phonemes the consonant fo l l o w e d by i t s e l f CC - s i n c e I t c o n t r a s t s w i t h a s i n g l e consonant G B r i e f l y s t a t e d
(2) C ons onant Length
[C] gt CC vs C
177
The f o l l o w i n g l i s t of minimal p a i r s w i l l j u s t i f y the phonemic i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of long consonants as geminates i n Ilokano
C vs GC
amo qa moq boss vs ammo qam moq knowledge b a l a ba- l a q b u l l e t vs b a l l a b a l l a q l u n a t i c Ida q l daq them vs idda q i d daq bed i k a n q i kan f i s h vs ikkan q i k kah give i t a q i t a q now vs i t t a q i t t a q unhusked k e r n e l of
r i c e mixed w i t h husked r i c e l a b a l a baq laundry vs labba l a b baq large basket m l k i ml1 k i q noodles vs mlk k i mik k i q f a s t i d i o u s n e s s naganak na ga nak gave b i r t h vs nagannak na gan nak
parentsbull
4amp213 (c) P i t c h I n t o n a t i o n and Juncture ( P U ) The c o n t r a s t i n P I J i s a co n t r a s t of combinations
or bundles of t h e i r f e a t u r e s s i n c e these are simultaneous or co-occurrent L i n g u i s t s c a l l such combinations or bunshydl e s contour p a t t e r n s However the c o n t r a s t s intended here are veered not to the patterns per se but to the i n d i shyv i d u a l t e n t a t i v e prosodemes that compose them
Thus w h i l e i t i s true and r e l e v a n t t h a t 21^ vs (see (1) below) are c o n t r a s t i v e p a t t e r n p a i r s i t i s
18
more r e l e v a n t a t t h i s stage of e s t a b l i s h i n g the prosodemes to consider the o p p o s i t i o n i n terms of the i n d i v i d u a l comshyponent features - l vs 3 and ] vs [ - although not d i s r e g a r d i n g the g e s t a l t The p i t c h l e v e l A A i s i n t h i s case h e l d constant- and can i n t u r n be e s t a b l i s h e d as an emic p i t c h or toneme using the minimal p a i r 2lV vs 31l
(see (2) below) Such an i n t e r p r e t a t i o n should apply to the other patterns as w e l l I t i s another i n s i g h t i n t o the v i a b l e p r i n c i p l e that an emic u n i t be i t a segmental phoneme or a suprasegmental prosoderne i s a point of reference i n an i n t e r l o c k i n g network of c o n t r a s t s Thus
i n the o p p o s i t i o n the i n d i v i d u a l features contrasted are
(1) A4 vs 2 3 T A vs 3
4 vs 4
(2) AlJ vs 3 l | A vs 3
(3) A 3 f vs 2gtt 3 vs A
(4) 22| vs 2 l i A vs A
| vs J (5) 22| vs A 3 t I vs
A 2 vs 3
179
The f o l l o w i n g c o n t r a s t i v e utterance p a i r s serve to r e i f y the emic sta t u s of the t e n t a t i v e suprasegmental
66 prosodernes enumerated above
(1) 2 l j vs 23f
2 1 2 3
Adda qad daq^ There i s vs Adda qad d a q j Is there or Did you say (echo) There i s bullqa wan^ Nothing vs Awan qa wan^ (echo) Nothing 2 1 - 2 3 A d i t o y l Here vs Ditoy d i t o y j (echo) Here nwanj John ( i s my name) or John (you are c a l l e d ) vs Juan nwan^ (echo) John 1 or John (you are c a l l e d ) 2 1gt 2 3 A sa qan^ No vs Saan sa q a n j (echo) No 1
or (tag question) I s n t i t 21 i 2 3A wenl Yes vs Wen wenj (echo) Yes or (tag question) Yes you agree dont you or Yes w i l l you
Awan
Ditoy
Juan
Saan
Wen
(2) 2l| vs 3l|
2 1 3 1 Awan qa wan^ Nothing vs Awan qa wianj^ Nothing
66 Short utterances which are p o t e n t i a l sentences
have been a r b i t r a r i l y chosen because they demonstrate f u n c t i o n a l d i f f e r e n c e s more c l e a r l y and e a s i l y than do long ones
180 2 1 I 3 1
Ditpjr d i toyj Here vs Dit o y d i t o y j Here Wen wen| bullYes vs Wen wenj Yes w i l l you
(3) 23| vs 2^
D i t o y ^ i toyf (echo) Here vs Dit o y d i t o y f bull(Where oh where) Here
(4) 22 J vs 2 l J
2 2 j 2 1 A d d a laquobullraquo qad daq| There i s a raquo vs Adda qad d a q j
There i s 2 JI I
Juan hwan John (your surname p l e a s e ) vs 2 1
Juan hwanl John
^ e n i l t - wen| Yes ( b u t ) vs Wen wenj Yes
(5) 22J vs 23f
2 Adda qad d a q j There i s a vs Adda qad daqj
Is t h e r e 2 2gt i 2 3 Awan qa wan [ There i s no vs Awan qa waVrf
Nothing or Isnt there any 2 2 2 3
D i t o y d i t o y ) At t h i s raquo vs Ditoy d i t o y f bullHere
181
4222 VARIATION and DISTRIBUTION Phonotactlcs and Morphophonemics
Each of the Ilokano phonemes and prosodemes estabshyl i s h e d through c o n t r a s t i s f u r t h e r s p e c i f i e d by d e s c r i b i n g ^bullts v a r i a t i o n s i y ey i t s v a r i e d manifestations c a l l e d allophones or allodemes as w e l l as i t s d i s t r i b u t i o n which means the c o n d i t i o n s under which the a l i o s occur or the p o s i t i o n i n which they are found w i t h respect to each other and to other elements i n the stream of speech A s t a r t i n g p o i n t f o r such d e s c r i p t i o n s would be an enumeration of the phonemes and prosodemes already i d e n t i f i e d f o r deshyt a i l s of which reference i s made to Sec 4221 The emic u n i t s e s t a b l i s h e d through c o n t r a s t are the f o l l o w i n g
5 vowels i e a o u 18 consonants p t k q b d- g m n n
f s h v 1 r w y 4 tonemes l 2 3- 4
2 junctonernes | J| (symbolized as ^ or ^ ) 2 stronemes (unmarked) 3 i n t o n a t i o n contours |raquo^ raquof
In Sec 42212 (b) are i l l u s t r a t i v e examples showshying c o n t r a s t between p t k vs q thereby e s t a b l i s h shyi n g them as separate phonemes of the Ilokano d i a l e c t An a n a l y s i s of the v a r i a t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n of these phonshyemes however r e v e a l s that there are c e r t a i n c o n d i t i o n s
182
i n which the emic c o n t r a s t i s suspended - i e the phonshyeme q i s a t the same time an allophone of the phonemes p t- k This suspension of emic o p p o s i t i o n i s o f t e n c a l l e d n e u t r a l i z a t i o n but a more apt term f o r such l i n g shyu i s t i c phenomenon i s Trubetzkoys Aufhebung I t w i l l be noted t h a t the Aufhebung p r i n c i p l e a p p l i e s to c e r t a i n phonemes as w e l l as prosodemes
C l o s e l y t i e d i n w i t h the concepts of v a r i a t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n are those of phonotactlcs and morphophonemics Phonotaotics has been defined as that area of emic d e s c r i p shyt i o n which provides general statements about permitted sequences or d i s t r i b u t i o n of phonemes and prosodemes i n short u t t e r a n c e s The d e s c r i p t i o n of the d i f f e r e n c e s beshytween the emic shapes representing morphemes i s the task of morphophonemics A r a t i o n a l e f o r i n c l u d i n g such d e s c r i p shyt i o n i s the f a c t that i n a c t u a l speech Ilokano morphemes change shape due to s e v e r a l complicating f a c t o r s l i n g u i s t i c or otherwise Phonotactic and morphophonemic d e s c r i p t i o n s of the s t r u c t u r e of Ilokano are s t a t e d i n the form of r e shyw r i t e r u l e s
42221 Phonotactlcs
42221 (a) Diphthongs The s t r u c t u r e of an Ilokano s y l l a b l e c o n t a i n i n g a
From aufheben a German word meaning to suspend
183
diphthong i s represented by the r u l e
Since Ilokano has only f i v e vowel phonemes iraquo eraquo a oJ u e s t a b l i s h e d through c o n t r a s t only these vowels can be e m i c a l l y considered as diphthong onglides
On the basis of the s y l l a b l e s t r u c t u r e patterns of Ilokano - described i n Sec 23 - the s t a t u s f u n c t i o n and d i s t r i b u t i o n of w and y may be defined as f o l l o w s
(1) w and y are semivowels (v) when they f u n c t i o n as diphthong o f f g l i d e s
(2) w and y are semiconsonants (c) i n p r e v o c a l i c or prediphthongal p o s i t i o n and when they p a r t i c i p a t e as the l a s t member of a consonant c l u s t e r
The f i r s t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of w and y i s someshywhat a r b i t r a r y yet a not-quite-exact d e f i n i t i o n which i s workable enough i s b e t t e r than none At any r a t e the ambivalent s t a t u s of these phonemes - i e they s t r u c shyt u r e w i t h both consonants and vowels - can be Resolved only f o r and w i t h i n a given language Let t h i s be f o r Ilokano
184
Two sets of ordered r e w r i t e r u l e s convey the i n t e r shy
p r e t a t i o n s more c l e a r l y namelyJ
(1) w or y i s a semivowel (v) i f i t f u n c t i o n s as an o f f g l i d e of a diphthong (Vv) -
Sd gt CVv
bull i f f J
p t k
1 D J
( i )
( i i )
Examples
v ~ ~ gt | w CI-
Vy A a
o
-gt w a vu
( i i i )
( i v )
t i l l w t i l i w catch baw-lnfi baw q i n swerve
185
v -mdash gt y A a o kU
J
reyna rey naq queen1
daytoy day toy this 1
kasuy ka suy cashew1
(2) w or y is a semiconsonant (c) in prevocalic or predlphthongal position
((C) l(v)
(d)fir (C)(C)cv[ J iJ ^
|p t k 1
deg l b 1
(l e a-] v mdash - gt J I
I o u J
(i)
( i i )
( i l l )
w (IV i (iv)
vy _-
bullA
Vy (v)
186
Examples o gt w _
CCcVC isibroan qi sib brwahto inaugurate something for CvVv ruay rway abundance cVC awlt qa wit load 1
cV walo wa lSq bull eight 1
CcV(C) ilualoan qi lwa lwan top sueldo swel doq S a l a r y 1
c -gt y
CCcVC empleok qem plyok raquomy employment1
CcW diay dyay that c V C layus l a yus flood cV yelo ye loq ice
CcV(C) agsyudsyudut qag syud syu dut i s being peeved
4 2 2 2 1 (b) Consonant Clusters
The rules underlying the structural patterns of conshytoid clusters have been set up in Sec 324 specifically pages 108 through 121 The same rules apply to the consoshynant clusters Without recapitulating the detailed etic descriptions the rules are here re-stated emically thusj
187
I n i t i a l C l u s t e r s ( I K ) P r g v o c a l i c
P - A gt
I K 2 gt
I K 3 gt
I K ^ gt
Medial C l u s t e r s
MK-L gt
M K 2 gt
M K 3 gt
gt
rP k 1 b f g bull + C 2
bull p t1 k b- d g
r A H c s
ezcept v+ C 2 w
nf- y
+ C 2 y
gt IK-L except C-L f but including C-jVtd
MKc gt C 1 1 b d J + C 2 r + C 3 y
MK
-gt C 1 p + C 2 l + C 3 y
-gt C1 p + C 2 r + C 3 w
188
Ci1 Pinal Clusters (PK)y Postvocalic
FK gt CT 1 r + c s 1 1 n r ) 2
^ 2 mdashgt c i i r c 2 k
PK^ gt C 1 r + C a FK^ gt C X s + C 2 ft
42221 (c) Vowels
Of the nine Ilokano vocoids charted from the corshy
pus of phonetic data (Fig 7) only five proved to be
phonemes of the dialect (Pig 10) The four others
[ l t 3 raquo cu o] are subsumed as positional variants or al loshy
phones since they are in non-contrastive distribution -
i e either in complementary distribution or in free
variation - with their respective phonemic norms Details
of such distributional relationships have been presented
in the etic descriptions on pages 46 through 68 of this
thesis In the present emic description however they
wi l l be considered briefly giving a few illustrative
examples of each
189
V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence
e
a
o
[ i ] Stressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ i ] Unstressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ e ] Everywhere - i e st r e s s e d and un s t r e s s shyed s y l l a b l e s - a l l poshys i t i o n s
[9] I n f r e e v a r i a t i o n w i t h [ e ] except i n loan words
[ a ] Stressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ a ] Unstressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s
[ o ] Everywhere a l l p o s i t i o n s
Example
s i l i q [ s i l i q ] pepper
s i l i d [ s i l i d ]
hi f e q [hefeq] c h i e f
bek ke l e n [bekkelen] [bakke lan] to s t r a n g l e nan na n i q [nannaniq] almost
na gan [nagan] bullname ma bo l o q [maboloq] a k i n d of f r u i t ko l o r [ k o l o r ] c o l o r so l o q [soloq] alone
190 V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n
Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence Example
u
[u]laquo
r i L U J
In f r e e v a r i a t i o n w i t h Co] except i n loan words (See Morphophonemics Sec 42222 (c) ( 3 ) Gradation Rules 1 and 2) Stressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s
Unstressed s y l l a b l e a l l p o s i t i o n s
su k a t [sukat] bullmeasurement1
qa su k a r [qasu kar] sugar 1
qa duq [qa duq] bullmany su mti sup [sUmusUp] to puff a t a c i g a r
42221 (d) Consonants There are 18 consonant phonemes out of the 19 c o n t o i d s
P [P] Everywhere i e pa pen [papen] pre- and p o s t - v o c a l i c young coconut a l l p o s i t i o n s qa t e p [qatep]
r o o f
A case of Aufhebung See a l s o the e t i c d e s c r i p t i o n s i n S e c t i o n 3211
191
Variation Distribution Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence
[q] In free variation with [p] as syllable coda in medial position before the syllable onsets
[s g] Everywhere tu tot [tutot] A
A
A
Example sip npoundt [sipnet] [slqnet] darkness
[ t ]
[qgt
a l l positions In free variation with [ t ] as syllable coda in medial position before the syllable onsets [qraquo b d g 1 r ] Everywhere a l l positions
In free variation with [k] as syllable coda in medial position before the syllable onsets [b d m nJ 1 r ]
[q] Everywhere a l l positions
[qgt
resin qa gat qa gas [qagatraquoqagas] [qagaq qa gas] I t smells like medicine
A i 11 k i I f k [ k l l l k l l i k ] my armpit 1
sak moi [sakmoi] [saqmoi] mouthful
qal q o q [qalqoq] bullpestle
Auf hebung
192
Variation Distribution Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence Example
b
d
g
m
n
Cd]
Cm]
Cmgt
Cn]
Everywhere
a l l positions
Everywhere
a l l positions
Everywhere
a l l positions
Everywhere
a l l positions
ba bSq [babaq]
bulldown
si r ib C s i r i b ]
bullwisdom
dfi don C du don]
bullgrasshopper
tu r i d CtUred]
bullcourage
gu g6t CgU^got] gums
bpound leg Cbi leg]
power
mu ma lSm [mUmalem]
bulllate afternoon
Before b i labial pen pen Cpempen] stops [p b]
Before velar stops [k g]
Elsewhere a l l positions Everywhere a l l positions 1
bullstacks
earthquake
gin g i neurod Cglnglned]
na ga nan C^aganan]
bullto name
na naq Cncunaq]
bullopen mouthed
nway C nwan]
bullwater buffalo
raquoAufhebung
193
Variation Distribution Phoneme Allophone Conditions of Occurrence Example
f
bull
s
h
A
Cf]
Cv]
Cs]
Ch]
Cn]
Prevocalic only a l l positions Pre-semiconsonantal medial only as the
f f noq [finoq]
bull f i n e 1
q l f fwe raq
Cqlffweraq] f i r s t C of a cluster to cast aside Prevocalic only a l l positions
Everywhere a l l positions
nwl vaq vis ka yaq C nwevaq]CvIskayaq]
bullname of a province su sik Csuslk]
bullaltercation dakes [dakes]
bullbad Prevocalic only hus tbq [hUstoq] i n i t i a l position bullright enough Pre-semiconsonantal re 11 hyon and intervocalic only [rellhyon] I n i t i a l and medial religion positions 1 ha lo ha loq
Chaloraquohaloq] assorted sherbet
Everywhere l a q l loq Claqiloq] a l l positions cajole
qi la q i l [ q l raquola q l l ]
bullwobble
1 9 4
V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n
Phoneme A l l o p h o n e C o n d i t i o n s o f O c c u r r e n c e E x a m p l e
r
w
y
[ r ]
[ w ]
C u ]
C y ]
cigt
C i ]
E v e r y w h e r e
a l l p o s i t i o n s
P r e v o c a l i c a l l p o s i shy
t i o n s l a s t member o f
a c o n s o n a n t c l u s t e r
D i p h t h o n g o f f g l i d e
a f t e r s t r e s s e d C i ] laquo
D i p h t h o n g o f f g l i d e
a f t e r [ i ] [ a ] o r [ a ]
r i r o q [ raquo r i r o q ]
c o n f u s i o n
q u p e r C q u p e r ]
bull s o a k 1
w a w e k C w txraquo w e k ]
s t a b d e e p
l w a g Q l w a g ] f r o t h
t i l i w [ t l l i u ]
c a t c h
tamp l a w [ t a l a U ]
d e p a r t u r e
P r e v o c a l i c a l l p o s i - y u y e m [ y u y e m ]
t i o n s l a s t member o f
a c o n s o n a n t c l u s t e r
D i p h t h o n g o f f g l i d e
a f t e r s t r e s s e d [ u ]
D i p h t h o n g o f f g l i d e
a f t e r [ u ] [ a ] o r [ o ]
c l o u d y
n y o g [ n y o g ]
c o c o n u t
k a s u y
[ k a s u i ]
bull c a s h e w
s u y s o y
[ s U I s o l ]
f r a y r a v e l
^ A u f h e b u n g
195
42221 (e) Tonemes
v a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Toneme A l l o t o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example
2
3
4
[2] I n i t i a l p i t c h l e v e l of most utterances Before or a f t e r [ l ] i n utterance p r e - f i n a l s i g n a l s a s e r i e s
[ l ] A f t e r [2] i n utterance f i n a l s i g n a l s a s t a t e shyment A f t e r [3] i n utterance f i n a l s i g n a l s a quesshyt i o n
[3] A f t e r [2] utterance t e r m i n a l s i g n a l s a qu e s t i o n
[4] Before [2] near u t t e r shyance f i n a l s i g n a l s a statement w i t h emphasis or strong emotion A f t e r [2] or sometimes [3] s i g n a l s a ques t i o n
Maysa dua _2 1 2 1_ [malsaq dwaqj
or r l 2 1 2_ |_mal saq dwaqj One two
Adda [qaddaq] There i s
[qaddaq] bullIs there
[qadlaquo5aq] bullIs thereraquo
4 2 [qaddaq] bullThere i s (Look) laquo
2 4 [qaddaq] Is there
196
V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Toneme A l l o t o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example
4 C|] A f t e r [2l] s i g n a l s a [qad daq^]
statement There i s
A A f t e r [23] or [ 2 4 ] [qadlaqf]
s i g n a l s a questi o n Is there
ft] A f t e r [231] s i g n a l s 2 3 1
[qad daq^] a q u e s t i o n bullIs t here
Ctl A f t e r [213] s i g n a l s 2 1 3 A [qaddaq^p
a q u e s t i o n Is t here A f t e r [31] s i g n a l s [qad daqj] a qu e s t i o n Is there
42221 ( f ) Junctonemes
Junctoneme Allojjunctone
) [|] A f t e r two i d e n t i c a l p i t c h l e v e l s e g [22] s i g shyn a l s a r e l a t i v e l y short pause l e v e l tone and i n shycomplete statement
[qad daq |] There i s a
^Aufhebung x vs _f i n the context [31gt ] i s equivalent t o [ T ]
197
V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Junctoneme A l i o j u n c t o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example
|| [|] A f t e r [ 2 1 ] s i g n a l s a complete statement and [qad Tdaq^] a long t e r m i n a l pause There i s
[f] A f t e r [ 2 3 ] or [ 1 3 ] s i g shyn a l s a complete sentence [qadciaq^] and a long t e r m i n a l pause Is there
42221 (g) Stronemes
Stroneme A l i o s t r o n e
[] An Ilokano has a t (unmarked) l e a s t one strong s t r e s s
[ ] a t most two i n the f o l l o w -67
i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n p a t t e rns One Strong S t r e s s [ ]
( x ) ( x ) ( x ) x [ b a t l k U l e n ] g i b l e t ( x ) ( x ) ( x ) x x [nakapUdpudot]
I t s very hot (x) (x)xxxx [nakapUd-pu doten]
I t s very hot now
67 The symbol x = s y l l a b l e the parenthesis i n d i c a t e s
o p t i o n a l occurrence of the s y l l a b l e I n the s p e c i f i c examples given here however x i s o b l i g a t o r y
198
V a r i a t i o n D i s t r i b u t i o n Stroneme A l i o s t r o n e Conditions of Occurrence Example
Two Strong S t r e s s e s [ ] xxxxx [nakaalqayat] l o v e l y
(x)xxxxx [maklqinnayanqayat] to be i n love w i t h someone
(x)xxxxx [maklbinnllanan] bullto j o i n i n the mutual counting
(x)(x)xxxxxx [ m a k l p a g p i n p i n n a l i s q i u ] uncalled
f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n observing xxxxxxxx
[makllinllnnemmenanen] Hes p l a y i n g hide-and-seek now
(x)xxxxxx [maklbinblnnllananen] He
has joined i n the mutual counting
There are two important observations about the d i s t r i b u t i o n of s t r e s s i n Ilokano F i r s t there has to be a t l e a s t one o b l i g a t o r y s y l l a b l e before the s t r e s s e d anteshypenultimate s y l l a b l e e g [xAxxx] Ilokano does not superpose s t r e s s a t the beginning of a t h r e e - s y l l a b l e word i n the way that E n g l i s h does e g p o s s i b l e [ f p a s l b l ] [xxx] Secondly In the patterns w i t h two s t r e s s e s there
199
has to he an o b l i g a t o r y s y l l a b l e before the f i r s t strong s t r e s s
Of the suprasegmentals s t r e s s i s the primary f e a t shyure i n a c h i e v i n g a p a t t e r n of prominence i n the word the other features t y i n g i n very c l o s e l y Thus f o r Ilokano
+ Length S y l l a b l e Prominence gt + [ s t r ] J V I P I J J
For example S t r e s s [ x x x] [napu do tQ I t s hot
plus Length [ x x x] [na fpudot] I t i s hot 1 2 1
plus P I J [ x x x^] [napu dot^] I t i s hot
42222 Morphophonemics
A l i n k or transducer between the s y n t a c t i c and the phonol o g i c a l components of a grammar i s morphophonemics -roughly equivalent to systematic phonemics i n Chomskys
68
g e n e r a t i v e - t r a n s f o r m a t i o n a l grammar To the transformashyt i o n a l i s t s systematic phonemics i s second t o the l a s t stage i n the grammar of a language - the l a s t being s y s t e shymatic phonetics which describes how sentences are a c t u a l l y produced and p h o n e t i c a l l y i n t e r p r e t e d by the n a t i v e speaker
68 See Noam Chomsky Aspects of the Theory of Syntax
pp 15-18 Current I S S U E S i n L i n g u i s t i c Theory In Katz and Fodor op_ c i t pp 85-90
200
I n t h i s phonological grammar of Ilokano morphoshyphonemics deals w i t h the v a r i a t i o n s i n the phonemic s t r u c shyt u r e of morphemes I t a l s o describes how the phonemic r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of each morpheme i s p h o n e t i c a l l y r e a l i z e d
The morphophonemic changes i n Ilokano may take the form of one or a combination of any of the f o l l o w i n g processes
(a) Phoneme a d d i t i o n (b) Phoneme d e l e t i o n (c) Phoneme s u b s t i t u t i o n as a r e s u l t of
(1) a s s i m i l a t i o n (2) d i s s i m i l a t i o n (3) g r a d a t i o n (4) r e d u p l i c a t i o n
42222 (a) Phoneme A d d i t i o n
The phenomenon of phoneme a d d i t i o n i n Ilokano may be explained using the examples below 1) I n the f i r s t example sum brek the i n t r u s i v e b being a b i l a b i a l stop i s a l i a i s o n between the b i l a b i a l n a s a l m to the a l v e o l a r f l a p r The f a c t t h a t b i s non-nasal l i k e r f a c i l i t a t e s the t r a n s i t i o n from m to r 2) The same may be s a i d f o r the a l v e o l a r n l i n k i n g the o r a l a to the d e n t a l d A c t u a l l y the process involved has a semblance of r e g r e s s i v e a s s i m i l a t i o n The i n t r u s i v e n can l i k e w i s e be i n t e r p r e t e d as a phenomenon of phoneme
201
s u b s t i t u t i o n (see d i s c u s s i o n about d i s s i m i l a t i o n ) 3) The a d d i t i o n of consonants by gemination i s induced by the s h i f t of s t r e s s to the s y l l a b l e i n which the second member of the geminate occurs This has reference to gradation as exshypl a i n e d i n Sec 42222 ( c )
H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic Morpheme Form pound) Representation R e a l i z a t i o n
(1) I n t r u s i v e b s errek 1entranc e 1
+ -um- gt^sumerrek gt sum r e k sum b r e k mdash gt [sUmbrek]
to enter (2) I n t r u s i v e n madi wont
+ -ak I gtVmadiak ^ man dyfikmdashgt [mandyak] I wont
(3) Other i n t r u s i v e consonants p tupi hem + -am you mdash mdash gt
tupiam gt tup pyam mdash ^ [tUppyam] Xou hem i t
t luto cook + -ek I gtlutoek mdash mdash gt l u t twSk gt [lUttwek]
I cook i t
202
H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic Morphemes Form () Representation R e a l i z a t i o n
A lako sal e to s e l l toraquo + -an to mdashgt lakoan mdashgt l a k kwan mdashgt [lakkwan]
b abpound i n s u l t to i n s u l t + -en to mdashgt abien mdashgt qab byen mdashgt [qexb byen]
d adu abundant wel l o f f + -an o f mdashgt aduan mdashgt qad dwSn mdashgt [qaddwan]
g rugl s t a r t You s t a r t i t + -am you mdashy rugiammdashgt rug gyam mdashgt [rUggyam]
m sim8 knot to knot + -en to mdashgt simoen mdashgt sim mwen mdashgt [slmmwen]
n ani harvest to harvest + -en to mdashgt a n i e n mdashgt qan nyen mdashgt [qctn nyen]
n sahgo f r o n t where to f a c e + -an at mdashgt sangoan mdashgt san awanmdashgt [sannwan]
l gulo confusion to confuse + -en to mdash gt guloen mdash gt g u l lweh mdashgt [gUllwen]
r buro preserve You preserve i t
+ teem you mdashgt buroem mdashgt- bur rwemmdashgt [bUrrwem]
ft kafe coffee to d r i n k as c o f f e e + -en to mdashgt kafeen mdash gt kaf f y i n mdashgt [ k a f f y e n ]
s kaasi p i t y + -an to mdashpound Aaasian mdash ^ ka qas syan mdash ^
[kaqassyan] to p i t y
203
42222 (b) Phoneme D e l e t i o n I n Ilokano morphophonemic change i s a l s o r e f l e c t e d
i n the l o s s of phonemes - vowels as w e l l as consonants The l o s s of medial vowels i s c a l l e d syncope I t w i l l he noted t h a t the vowel that i s u s u a l l y syncopated i s e p o s s i b l y due to the f a c t that i t tends to become weakened and reduced to the s t a t u s of schwa d and f i n a l l y l o s t I n some word forms the consonants adjacent to e are a l s o l o s t
H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic Morphemes Form () Representation R e a l i z a t i o n
(1) Loss of e i arem aremen mdash gt qar men --^ [qarmen] bullcourtship kapet
bullto c o u r t kapetenmdashgt kap t e n [keepten]
+ -en --gt bullhold I to h o l d pateg | pategen~gt pat gen [patgen] endearment to endear rikep + -an mdashgt r i k e p a n ~gt r i k pan mdashgt [ r l k p a n ] shutter to shut (docopyr) t o
(2) Loss of e l en r e er ed and ep kelleb cover to seek cover + -um- to --gt ^kumelleb mdashgt kum l e b --gt [kUmleb] pennSk s a t i s f a c t i o n to be s a t i s f i e d + ma- to be mdashgt ^mapennekmdash^ map neW mdashgt [mapnek]
204
H y p o t h e t i c a l Phonemic Phonetic II Morphemes Form () Representation R e a l i z a t i o n serrek entrance xfhere to enter + an at mdashgt serrekan mdashgt ser kan mdash raquo [serkan] serrek entrance to e n t e r 1
+ -um- to mdashgt sumerrek mdashgt -sum rek mdash gt [sUm rek] tedda l e f t - o v e r to be l e f t - o v e r + ma- to be mdash ^ matedda mdashgt mat daq mdashgt [matdaq] lepp5s f i n i s h to be f i n i s h e d + ma- to be mdashgt maleppas mdashgt mal pas mdashgt [malpas]
4iII22 (o) Phoneme S u b s t i t u t i o n (1) A s s i m i l a t i o n Two d i f f e r e n t adjacent phonemes
become more l i k e each other When the f i r s t phoneme i n the s e r i e s changes to become s i m i l a r to the one that f o l l o w s i t i e phoneme A a s s i m i l a t e s to phoneme B the process i s described as r e g r e s s i v e a s s i m i l a t i o n the reverse process i s c a l l e d progressive a s s i m i l a t i o n A l l phenomena of a s s i shym i l a t i o n i n Ilokano are of the r e g r e s s i v e type
( l a ) A l v e o l a r ngt b i l a b i a l m a s s i m i l a t e s to b i l a b i a l s pb banban mdashgt banban gt bam ban gt [bamban] t h i n
bamboo s t r i p s used f o r t y i n g penpen mdash y penpen ^ pem pen gt [pempen] stack
205
( l b ) A l v e o l a r ngt v e l a r n a s s i m i l a t e s to v e l a r s k g gunguna mdashgt gunguna mdash pound gun gu naq mdash raquo [gUngUnaq]
gain kenka mdashgt kenka mdashgt ken kaq mdashgt [kenkaq] to you ( l c ) B i l a b i a l pgt a l v e o l a r r a s s i m i l a t e s to a l v e o l a r n ma- + pennek gt mapennek gt
By d e l e t i o n map nek mdash [ m a p n e k ] By a s s i m i l a t i o n mar nek mdashgt [marnek]
(2) D i s s i m i l a t i o n Two i d e n t i c a l adjacent phonemes become d i s s i m i l a r This i s the reverse process of a s s i m i l a shyt i o n
(2a) D i s s i m i l a t i o n as to v o i c i n g dgt t before g asideg near + -an to mdash gt asidegan mdash gt
By syncope qausid gan mdash gt [qasldgan] By d i s s i m i l a t i o n qa s i t gan mdashgt [ q a s l t g a n ]
to go near to
(2b) D i s s i m i l a t i o n as to point-manner of a r t i c u l a t i o n -dental-stop+dentalssfcop ddgt alveola r - n a s a l + d e n t a l - s t o p nd madl wont + -ak I mdash gt madiak mdashgt
By phoneme a d d i t i o n mad dy5k mdashgt [maddyak]
By d i s s i m i l a t i o n man dyfik mdash gt [mandyak] I wont
206
(3) Gradation The s u b s t i t u t i o n of phonemes - i e vowel change - due t o s h i f t of s t r e s s i s a process c a l l e d g r a d a t i o n I n Ilokano the vowels that g e n e r a l l y undergo such change are o which becomes u or a semiconsonant w and i or e which becomes a semiconsonant y This type of morphophonemic change and the con d i t i o n s that i n f l u e n c e i t can be e x p l i c i t l y described i n the f o l l o w i n g f o u r r u l e s
Gradation Rule 1 -ak
-am
-em
Examples alpoundmon + -ek mdashgt alimonek gt swallow I qa l i mu nek ^ [qaHmu nek]
I swallow i t pftor + -am mdashgt puoram
pu qu ram gt [pU qu ram] f i r e you You burn i t
baot + -en mdash gt baoten --mdashy ba qu t e n gt [baquten] to l a s h l a s h to
207
Gradation Rule 2 A - a l A
o C a r-CF - i ^
gt u C a ku
bullC C +
-am -fin -Ik -em
k-enj Examples apoy + een mdash gt apoyen mdash ^ f i r e to qa pu yenmdashgt [qcupU yen] to cook ( r i c e ) bungon + -en mdashgt bungonen mdash gt wrapper to bu nu n i n gt [bUnUnen] to wrap up likod -an mdashgt l i k o d a n mdash gt back to l i ku danmdashgt [ l l k U d a n ] to t u r n ones
back t o
Gradation Rule 3$
leJ l G V G ^ ^ J gt y cvc1c1 +
Gradation Rule 4
fo) fCVC C-) J f J 2 I gt w CV^C 1 u J lCVC bullraquo C 2 J 1
r - a k
4
-fim -an -Ik -em
v-W
69
69 CTC- = Consonant geminates Por examples i l l u s t r a t shy
i n g Rules 3 and 4 see Sec 42222 ( a ) ( 3 )
208
(4) R e d u p l i c a t i o n A morphological process whereshyby there i s a r e p e t i t i o n of a r a d i c a l element i s r e f e r r e d to as r e d u p l i c a t i o n I n Ilokano the r e d u p l i c a t i o n i s e i t h e r p a r t i a l i e only the f i r s t s y l l a b l e of the r a d i c a l element i s repeated or f u l l i n which the e n t i r e r a d i c a l element i s r e d u p l i c a t e d No phoneme s u b s t i t u t i o n r e s u l t s from a p a r t i a l r e d u p l i c a t i o n i n the language The Ilokano vowel o becomes u i n the f i r s t r a d i c a l element of a f u l l r e d u p l i c a t i o n The f o l l o w i n g r u l e describes such morphophonemic change
of CVC j gt u CVC _ Q CVC o
Examples ag + l u t o 2 mdash gt a g l u t o l u t o mdashgt qag l u t u lu t o q mdash gt bullto cook [ q a g l U t U f l u t o q ] to play cooking baboy mdashy baboybaboy mdashgt ba buy ba boy mdash gt
[babUIbabol] p i l l bug
kulog 2 ~gt kulogkulog mdash gt ku lu g ku l o g mdash gt [kUlUgkUlog] a game of d i c e
2 surot mdash gt s u r o t s u r o t mdash gt su r u t su s o t mdash gt
[sUr U t s u r o t ] t r a i l e r
209
43 The Stream of Speech
70 431 Corpus
Second year my now here Vancouver i s n t i t
Malkadua nga tawen kon d i t o y Vancouver saan k a d i
[malkaddwanata 1 wenkondl t o l v a n ku ver| s a 1 qanka 1 d i q ^
Thank you f o r generous a i d your to the P h i l i p p i n e s 1
Dios t i agngina i t i nahushusto nga badang yo i t i F i l i p i n a s
dyostlqogniJnaqltlnahUshustonabadanyo| q l t l f l l l p i n a s Q
432 Concepts
The a n a l y s i s of the stream of speech i n the next f i v e
pages aims to i l l u s t r a t e g r a p h i c a l l y the g e n e r a l concepts i n
l i n g u i s t i c s enumerated below The i n f o r m a t i o n d e r i v e d from
such g r a p h i c a r t i c u l a t o r y a n a l y s i s i s i n a way roughly s i m i shy
l a r t o t h a t which a spectrogram sonagram kymogram or 71
o s c i l l o g r a m i n i n s t r u m e n t a l phonetics would y i e l d about
the corpus of u t t e r a n c e s above
70 The corpus i n c l u d e s a l l the 34 emic u n i t s e s t a b l i s h e d
i n t h i s c h a p ter A l l o w f o r a margin of e r r o r s i n c e one cannot t r a n s c r i b e
f a i t h f u l l y a l l the phonetic events of a c t u a l speech 71 F o r an adequate and d e t a i l e d account of instruments
210
The graphic analysis shows that
a The ongoing stream of a meaningful utterance is a complex ever-changing continuum of different sound featshyures
b Each utterance can be uniquely although inadeshyquately represented as a f i n i t e set of discrete emic eleshyments occurring in succession or simultaneously
c A segmental phoneme represents one or more phonshyetic features
d A suprasegmental prosodeme extends over a series of segmental groupings
e Sounds in context are modified in various ways because of their influence on one another e glaquo [n]gt[n] before [k]
f Borrowed sounds tend to be altered to conform to the native phonetic habits and to the native phonemic code e gV [vgei^kuwvr] gt [vctnku ver]
g Phonetics is closely related is a prerequisite to phonemics One cannot be dogmatic about the phonemes of a language or dialect unless one is conversant with i t s phonetic structure and arrangement
used in acoustic phonetics see C Gunnar M Fant Modern Instruments and Methods for Acoustic Studies of Speech Proceedings of the Eighth International Congress of Linguists Oslo Oslo University Press 1958 pp 282-3o2
211
43 A n a l y s i s Table 2bdquo The Stream of Speech Analyzed
EMIC Sup Seg J 2 UNITS S e g 8 t a l m |w ETIC FEATURES Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop B i l a b i a l D e n t a l V e l a r G l o t t a l
F r i c a t i v e Labio-Dental D e n t a l G l o t t a l
N a s a l B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r
L a t e r a l A l v e o l a r
F l a p A l v e o l a r
Poll
t p a l Semi^f
lof 1 1
v pal
L a b i a l i z e d D e n t a l i z e d P a l a t a l i z e d V e l a r i z e d
Lengthened
+v +v +b +b +b
Every symbol a t the po i n t of i n t e r s e c t i o n i n d i c a t e s the presence of an e t i c f e a t u r e S p e c i f i c a l l y f o r vowels h = f r o n t + ss c e n t r a l -j = back f o r consonants v = v o i c e b = breath
212
EMIC Sup UNITS Seg n d i
1 2 1 t o y v a n k u v e r
1 s a ^|^ a bull n
ETIC FEAT
Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop B i l a b i a l D e n t a l V e l a r G l o t t a l
F r i c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l N a s al B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r
L a t e r a l A l v e o l a r
F l a p A l v e o l a r
bullfv
Semi rt
b i l p a l b i l p a l
Labraquolized D e n t a i l z e d Palraquolized Velar z e d Lengthened
+b +b
+v +v
213
EMIC SupJ 2 UNITS Seg k a d i q
2 1 2 -d y o s t 1 q a g n 1 n a q
ETIC FEAT Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop B i l a b i a l D e n t a l V e l a r G l o t t a l
F r l c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l
Nasal B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r
L a t e r a l A l v e o l a r
F l a p A l v e o l a r
bull b i l
Semi
^palshy
p a l bull b i l
Labraquolized D e n t a i l z e d P a l l l z e d V e l a r i z e d Lengthened
+b +v +v +b
+v
214
EMIC Sup | 2 1 UNITS Seg q i t 1 n u h u
2 s t
ETIC FEAT1
Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open Open Stop 3 i l a b i a l Dental V e l a r G l o t t a l
F r i c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l
Nasal B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r
L a t e r a l A l v e o l a r
F l a p A l v e o l a r
Semi
p a l
L a b l i z e d D e n t a l i z e d P a l 1 l i z e d V e l a r i z e d Lengthened
+v +b +b
+v +b
t
215
EMIC Sups UNITS Segs a a y o q
ETIC FEAT
Close H a l f - c l o s e Half-open + 4 Open Stop B i l a b i a l Dental V e l a r G l o t t a l
P r i c Lab-Dent Dental G l o t t a l
Nasal B i l a b i a l A l v e o l a r V e l a r
L a t e r a l A l v e o l a r
F l a p A l v e o l a r
bil
( a l Semij
( b i l ^pal-
L a b l i zed D e n t a l i z e d P a l 8 l i z e d V e l a r i z e d Lengthened
1 2 1 q i t i f i 1 i p i n a s
+b
+b
Chapter 5
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
51 Summary The linguistic data described and classified at the
taxonomic level of this research - i et the etic and emic analyses i n the preceding chapters - w i l l now by way of summary be considered at a higher level of abstraction the explanatory level The latter characterizes the relationshyships or patterns of combinability of the emic units by means of a system of rewrite rules The output of each level of description may be schematically shown in the order of their degree of abstraction thus
Taxonomic level Explanatory level describes and classifies reveals the underlying etic units emic units patterns of relationships
Phones Phonemes Phonological
Rules
The rationale for the f i n a l scheme of description derives from the realization that a totality does not conshys i s t of things but of relationships and that language -which is a totality or gestalt - is essentially a rules-based act i v i t y This ties in with the modern concept of a grammar namely that i t Is a theory of a language - a system of rules which explicitly characterizes a native speaker-hearers comshy petence and performance in his language
217
Returning now to the two problems previously stated which this study purports to seek answers for namely
Problem 1 What are the emic units of the cultivated Ilokano dialect as spoken in Bayombong Nueva Vlzcaya
The dialect distinguishes a total number of thirty-four emic units summarized as follows
Segmental Phonemes - Five (5) Vowels i u
Eighteen (18) Consonants p 1
S
m n
w- y
218
Suprasegmental Prosodernes Pour (4) Pitch Levels or Tonemes
4 Extra High
3 High 2 Normal Low
Three (3) Intonation Contours | Level Intonation 4 Falling intonation ^ Rising intonation
Two (2) Junctonemes Pre-terminal short pause
Two (2) Stronemes V Strong stress (Unmarked) Weak stress
Problem 2 What phonological patterns of occurrence relations between the emic units does the dialect permit
The phonological grammar is the answer The underlying patterns of relative occurrence of thellinguistic units are stated in the form of explicit rewrite rules The grammar is a f i n i t e set of - 1 ey only 42 - unordered rules that geneshyrate an i n f i n i t e number of combinable phonological elements in the Ilokano dialect Such rules are grouped into two categoshyries namely
219
G r o u p A P h o n e t i c R u l e s s t a t e s t h e p h o n e t i c c o n s t i shy
t u t i o n o f phonemes w i t h r e s p e c t t o s t a t e d c o n t e x t s a n d
G r o u p B M o r p h o p h o n e m i c R u l e s s t a t e s t h e p h o n e m i c
c o n s t i t u t i o n o f morphemes w i t h r e s p e c t t o s t a t e d c o n t e x t s
T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a f i n i t e s e t o f s y m b o l s w h i c h p a r t l y
c o n s t i t u t e s t h e m e t a l a n g u a g e o f t h e p h o n o l o g i c a l g r a m m a r
^ i s r e p r e s e n t e d b y o r
i s r e w r i t t e n a s
i n t h e c o n t e x t ( e n v i r o n m e n t )
[ ] e t i c u n i t o r u n i t s
e m i c u n i t o r u n i t s
pound ^ a s e t c h o o s e o n e a n d o n l y o n e o n a g i v e n
a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e r u l e
( ) o p t i o n a l - i n c l u d e t h e i t e m o r i t e m s
w h e r e a p p l i c a b l e
[ [ t h e r e s t o f t h e i t e m s b e l o n g i n g i n t h e
s y l l a b l e
C C o n t o i d (or C o n s o n a n t )
V V o c o i d ( o r V o w e l )
c S e m i c o n t o l d ( o r S e m i c o n s o n a n t )
v S e m i v o c o i d ( o r S e m i v o w e l )
A f A f f i x - a k - a m - a n - e k - e m - e n
T h e p h o n o l o g i c a l g r a m m a r o f t h e d i a l e c t o f I l o k a n o
u n d e r s t u d y h a s b e e n c o n s t r u c t e d w i t h t h e s e a s g i v e n t h e
f i n i t e n u m b e r o f p h o n e m i c d a t a p l u s t h e f i n i t e s e t o f
220
symbols plus a working knowledge of the basic charactershyi s t i c s of a good grammar1 namely (a) Descriptive adequacy -a grammar is descriptively adequate to the extent that i t s structural descriptions correspond to the intrinsic compeshytence and linguistic intuition of the native speaker and (b) Simplicity economy and generality - identified with fewer symbol tokens used in each descriptive statement or rule to generate an i n f i n i t e number of linguistic forms
A l l the statements about the structure of relative occurrence i e of distribution apply within the domain of the syllable Thus the elements enclosed in square brackets [ ] or slashes $ In the case of morphophonemic rules represent the structure of a single syllable The rules underlying the syllable structures (SS) of Ilokano have been stated as follows
[(C)C(c)V] SS Rule 1 Sbdquo
ml ^ CC(c)V(C)]
bull[(C)C(c)VC] SS Rule 2 S gt -l
[C(c)VC(C)]
SS Rule 3 Sd -gt [| jw]
if J
221
E v e r y r u l e i s o f t h e f o r m
X gt Y F o r e x a m p l e
A mdash-gt [i] A
f [ c ( v ) ]
Craquoc (c)]
[ raquo C c ( C ) ]
T o o b v i a t e t h e l i m i t l e s s p r o l i f e r a t i o n o f s y m b o l s
a n d s t a t e m e n t s t h e w r i t e r i m p o s e s a r e s t r i c t i o n o n t h e
n u m b e r e m p l o y e d b y w o r k i n g t o w a r d a maximum g e n e r a l i t y
T h u s f o r At t h e f o u r s p e c i f i c r u l e s o r s t a t e m e n t s c a l l e d
s c h e m a i n m o d e r n l i n g u i s t i c t e r m i n o l o g y a r e c o a l e s c e d i n t o
a s i n g l e g e n e r a l r u l e o r s t a t e m e n t c o r r e s p o n d i n g l y c a l l e d 72
- s c h e m a t a
-bullC(c)7 r v
n --gt [i] [ o J_ ltcgt] A l m o s t a l l o f t h e r e w r i t e r u l e s w h i c h make u p t h e
p h o n o l o g i c a l g r a m m a r o f t h e I l o k a n o d i a l e c t a r e c o n s t r u c t e d
i n t h e g e n e r a l f o r m o f s c h e m a t a a n d a r e t h e r e f o r e t o b e
s i m i l a r l y I n t e r p r e t e d
V bull 72 F o r t h e o p e r a t i o n a l c o n c e p t s s c h e m a a n d s c h e m a t a
c r e d i t I s d u e t o P r o f e s s o r Noam C h o m s k y R e c a l l e d f r o m t h e l e c t u r e - d i s c u s s i o n s I n h i s c l a s s i n A d v a n c e d P h o n o l o g y a t t h e I966 Summer L i n g u i s t i c I n s t i t u t e o f t h e L i n g u i s t i c S o c i e t y o f A m e r i c a U n i v e r s i t y o f C a l i f o r n i a a t L o s A n g e l e s ( U C L A )
222
It w i l l be noted that even at this abstract explan-C
atory level of description the trimodal scheme U = V D
is s t i l l operative
CONTRAST VARIATION The erne has the al i o
DISTRIBUTION in the context
A Phonetic Rules (PR)t
[ i ] C laquo c ( o ) _ ( v ) ]
PR 1 i gt
[I] [ C ( o ) _ ( V ) ]
(i)
( i i )
[e] [()C(c)
PR 2 e gt
[a] [OC l c )
reg
(i)
( i i )
[ a ] [(laquo)(C)C(c) ( V ) ] ^ j ltU
PR 3 a -gt
[a] [C(c) ([)] ( i i )
223
PR H o gt [ o ] C(laquo)(C)C(c) (| )] (i)
r [ u ] Claquo(C)C(o) ( ) ]
PR 5 u -gt
W [ c(c)_lt C 3]
(i)
( i i )
[ c v _ ]
cpyltc_v(gt]
PB 6s p - mdash
(1)
gt ( i i )
[iy [cv_ i J s (o] raquo (iv)
224
[t]A_y(r)] (1)
ki_]C_(f3J)V(c)]J
( i i )
( i i i )
[o-tb^
11 [cv 3Clt disi (iv)
225
PR 9t q gt [q]
[_ltgt]
[cv ]
PR 10 b gt [b ] J [ V ( V ) ]
[cv ]
P R 11 a gt [ d]A [_v(Q)]
_][_( r 1)( (C)] [ r ] lev
[cv ]
FR 12 g gt [ g ] J [ _ V ( V ) ]
M l k _ ] [ _ ( [ r ] ) ( c ) V ( c ) ]
2 2 6
PR 13 m gt [a] [ V(
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
[ C V _ ( [ s ] ) ]
M[_v(0)]
PR 14 n gtlt
[ [ ] c c v _ i ^ ]
(i)
(n)
(ii i)
(iv)
gt] Ccv_X^ ] J (v)
227
[ c v _ ( )gt] P O -
PR i5raquo y mdash gt [raquo]lt[ v(vgt]
( [1] [ (
PR 16 f gt [ f ]
)V(C)] 1 [ ][ cv(c)] J
PR 17 s -gt [ s ] J [ V( V])]
M I i (deggtv-(Q ) r
PR 18 h -gt
M L_v(vgt]
[ cV(C)] [yen][ V(C)]
228
PR 191 M gt [v] [ (c)V(C)] ( i )
PR 20 gt [ 1 ] J [ V(V)]
p p _ _ r c v i c v t t k k b b d d
f[tk-v
PR 21 r gt [ r ] J [ V(V)]
t t k k b b d d~
( i )
( i i )
1 T3 TJ YcV (cVgt
( i )
( l i )
( i i i )
229
r W [ f c ] [ ( cU( v ) ]lt
PR 22 w mdash - gt ^ [ u ] C C [ i ] _ ]
W cQjgt i f mdash ]
( i )
( i i )
( i i i )
[ [ i ] [raquoC[u]_]
PR 23 y -gt
C i ] [cl [ a ] Co] pound u ]
(i )
( i i )
( i i i )
2 3 0
The schemata
[ov ]
and
[_i_cX))] may be further coalesced Into more involved schemata in order to account for the observed regularities in many of the rules thereby achieving greater generality Thus
A l l Craquos except f v h
gt[ptk
y tgtdg
] [cv_]
A l l Claquos ]
A l l Claquos except y 4
qvh
[ P t t k ^
bdg bull [ ] [ _ ( Icfb] lev lC J
y
231
r C Xf ]
73 PR 24s 2 -PR 25
PR 26 3
bull-gt C 2 ] ^
-gt [ 3 ]
-gt [ i ] J
c
(4)
3
2 1
d[_]
]
_]
(ID
( i l l )
( i v )
PR 27 4 gt [gt] lt
1
c (4)
3
2
[_ ]
^ r mdash 3
( i )
( I I )
( I i i )
( i v )
73 A n e x c e p t i o n t o PR 24 t h r o u g h 32 U n l i k e i n t h e c a s e
o f t h e s e g m e n t a l s - w h e r e t h e i t e m s e n c l o s e d i n s q u a r e b r a c k e t s r e p r e s e n t a s i n g l e s y l l a b l e - t h e s u p r a s e g m e n t a l s y m b o l s b e t w e e n t h e b r a c k e t s a r e t h o s e s u p e r p o s e d o n o n e o r m o r e s y l l a b l e s